WO2001087106A2 - Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business - Google Patents

Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001087106A2
WO2001087106A2 PCT/US2001/016159 US0116159W WO0187106A2 WO 2001087106 A2 WO2001087106 A2 WO 2001087106A2 US 0116159 W US0116159 W US 0116159W WO 0187106 A2 WO0187106 A2 WO 0187106A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
spring element
footwear
article
posterior
anterior
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2001/016159
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2001087106A3 (en
Inventor
Robert M. Lyden
Original Assignee
Lyden Robert M
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=24290731&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2001087106(A2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Lyden Robert M filed Critical Lyden Robert M
Priority to AU2001263274A priority Critical patent/AU2001263274A1/en
Priority to GB0229365A priority patent/GB2379155B/en
Publication of WO2001087106A2 publication Critical patent/WO2001087106A2/en
Publication of WO2001087106A3 publication Critical patent/WO2001087106A3/en
Priority to US10/279,626 priority patent/US7107235B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B1/00Footwear characterised by the material
    • A43B1/0081Footwear characterised by the material made at least partially of hook-and-loop type material 
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B13/00Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units
    • A43B13/14Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units characterised by the constructive form
    • A43B13/18Resilient soles
    • A43B13/181Resiliency achieved by the structure of the sole
    • A43B13/183Leaf springs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B13/00Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units
    • A43B13/14Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units characterised by the constructive form
    • A43B13/18Resilient soles
    • A43B13/181Resiliency achieved by the structure of the sole
    • A43B13/184Resiliency achieved by the structure of the sole the structure protruding from the outsole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B13/00Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units
    • A43B13/28Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units characterised by their attachment, also attachment of combined soles and heels
    • A43B13/36Easily-exchangeable soles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B3/00Footwear characterised by the shape or the use
    • A43B3/12Sandals; Strap guides thereon
    • A43B3/128Sandals; Strap guides thereon characterised by the sole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/22Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with fixed flat-foot insertions, metatarsal supports, ankle flaps or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43DMACHINES, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT OR METHODS FOR MANUFACTURING OR REPAIRING FOOTWEAR
    • A43D11/00Machines for preliminary treatment or assembling of upper-parts, counters, or insoles on their lasts preparatory to the pulling-over or lasting operations; Applying or removing protective coverings
    • A43D11/006Devices for temporarily fixing or aligning insoles on lasts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • G06Q30/0601Electronic shopping [e-shopping]
    • G06Q30/0621Item configuration or customization

Definitions

  • the present invention teaches an article of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth. Further, the present invention teaches an article of footwear including a spring element, and selectively removable and renewable components. Moreover, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business.
  • the present invention teaches an article of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth.
  • Lasting boards having different configurations and alternate positions for selectively affixing various portions of an upper can be used to adjust and customize the fit of an article of footwear for an individual wearer.
  • the lasting board can also comprise a spring element which can provide improved cushioning, stability, running economy, and a long service life. Unlike the conventional foam materials presently being used by the footwear industry, the spring element is not substantially subject to compression set degradation
  • the components of the article of footwear including the upper, insole, lasting board or spring element, and sole including possible midsole and outsole portions can be selected from a range of options, and can be easily removed and replaced, as desired. Further, the relative configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot, midfoot and rearfoot areas of the article of footwear can be readily modified and adjusted. Accordingly, the article of footwear can be customized by a wearer or specially configured for a select target population in order to optimize desired performance criteria. Moreover, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing an article of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business .
  • Conventional athletic footwear typically include an outsole made of a rubber compound which is affixed by adhesive to a midsole made of ethylene vinyl acetate or polyurethane foam material which is in turn affixed by adhesive to an upper which is constructed with the use of stitching and adhesives.
  • This service life can be characterized as having a short duration when the wearer frequently engages in athletic activity such as distance running or tennis.
  • portions of the outsole can be substantially abraded within a few hours, and in distance running the foam midsole can become compacted and degrade by taking a compression set within one hundred miles of use .
  • the present invention teaches an article of footwear that includes spring elements which do not take a compression set or similarly degrade, thus the physical and mechanical properties afforded by a preferred article of footwear remain substantially the same over a useful service life which can be several times longer than that of conventional articles of footwear.
  • the present invention teaches an article of footwear which represents an investment, as opposed to a disposable commodity.
  • the preferred article of footwear includes components which can be easily renewed and replaced, but also components which can be varied and customized, as desired.
  • Prior art examples devices and means for selectively and removably affixing various components of an article of footwear include, e.g., U.S.
  • Conventional athletic footwear cannot be substantially customized for use by the consumer or wearer.
  • the physical and mechanical properties of conventional athletic footwear are relatively fixed generic qualities.
  • the body weight or mass and characteristic running technique of different individuals having the same footwear size can vary greatly.
  • the stiffness in compression of the foam material used in the midsole of athletic shoes can be too soft for individuals who employ more forceful movements, or who have greater body mass than an average wearer. Accordingly, conventional articles of athletic footwear do not provide optimal performance characteristics for individual wearers.
  • the present invention permits a wearer to customize a preferred article of footwear.
  • the length, width, girth, and configuration of the upper as provided by various last options or by two or three dimensional modeling and footwear design equipment including computer software, or by two, three, or four dimensional measurement devices such as scanners, as well as the type of footwear construction and design of the upper can be selected by the consumer or wearer.
  • the physical and mechanical properties of the article of footwear can be selected and changed as desired in order to optimize desired performance characteristics given various performance criteria or environmental conditions.
  • the configuration and geometry of the article of footwear, and the stiffness of the spring elements can be customized, as desired.
  • the ability to easily remove, renew, and recycle the outsole portions of the preferred article of footwear renders the use of softer materials having enhanced shock and vibration dampening characteristics, but perhaps diminished wear properties viable from a practical standpoint.
  • the outsole portion of the preferred article of footwear can be selected from a variety of options with regards to configuration, materials, and function.
  • the physical and mechanical properties associated with an article of footwear of the present invention can provide enhanced cushioning, stability, and running economy relative to conventional articles of footwear.
  • the spring to dampening ratio of conventional articles of footwear is commonly in the range between 40-60 percent, whereas the preferred article of footwear can provide a higher spring to dampening ratio, thus greater mechanical efficiency and running economy.
  • the preferred article of footwear can include an anterior spring element that underlies the forefoot area which can store energy during the latter portion of the stance phase and early portion of the propulsive phase of the running cycle, and then release this energy during the latter portion of the propulsive phase, thus facilitating improved running economy. It is believed that the resulting improvement in running performance can approximate one second over four hundred meters, or two to three percent.
  • the preferred article of footwear can provide differential stiffness in the rearfoot area so as to reduce both the rate and magnitude of pronation, or alternately, the rate and magnitude of supination experienced by an individual wearer, thus avoid conditions which can be associated with injury.
  • the preferred article of footwear can provide differential stiffness in the midfoot and forefoot areas so as to reduce both the rate and magnitude of inward and / or outward rotation of the foot, thus avoid conditions which can be associated with injury.
  • the preferred spring elements can also provide a stable platform which can prevent or reduce the amount of deformation caused by point loads, thus avoid conditions which can be associated with injury.
  • the viability of using relatively soft outsole materials having improved shock and vibration dampening characteristics can enhance cushioning effects.
  • the shock and vibration generated during rearfoot impact is commonly transmitted most rapidly to a wearer through that portion of the outsole and midsole which has greatest stiffness, and normally, this is a portion of the sole proximate the heel of the wearer which undergoes the greatest deflection and deformation.
  • a void space exists beneath the heel of a wearer and the ground engaging portion of the outsole.
  • Some of the shock and vibration generated during the rearfoot impact of an outsole with the ground support surface must then travel a greater distance through the outsole and inferior spring element in order to be transmitted to the superior spring element and a wearer.
  • a posterior spacer which can serve as a shock and vibration isolator, and also vibration decay time modifiers can be used to decrease the magnitude of the shock and vibration transmitted to the wearer of a preferred article of footwear.
  • the spring element and various other novel structures taught in the present invention can be used in a wide assortment of articles of footwear including but not limited to those used for running, basketball, tennis, volleyball, but also sandals and hiking boots.
  • the present invention teaches an article of footwear which can provide a wearer with improved cushioning and stability, running economy, and an extended service life while reducing the risks of injury normally associated with footwear degradation.
  • the preferred article of footwear provides a wearer with the ability to customize the fit, but also the physical and mechanical properties and performance of the article of footwear.
  • the preferred article of footwear is economical and environmentally friendly to both manufacture and recycle.
  • the present invention also teaches articles of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth.
  • Lasting boards having different configurations and / or alternate positions for selectively affixing various portions of an upper can be used to adjust and customize the fit of an article of footwear for an individual wearer.
  • the upper can also include means for adjusting the width, girth, and foot shape in functional relation to a lasting board.
  • the lasting board can also constitute and serve as a spring element and vice-versa. Alternately, the lasting board and spring element can consist of separate parts.
  • the components of the article of footwear including but not limited to the upper, insole, lasting board, spring element, and sole including possible midsole and outsole portions can be selected from a range of options, and can be easily removed and replaced, as desired.
  • the relative configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot, midfoot and rearfoot areas of the article of footwear can be readily modified and adjusted. Accordingly, the article of footwear can be configured and customized for a wearer or a select target population in order to optimize performance criteria, as desired.
  • the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business.
  • the anatomical features, configuration, and dimensions of a given wearer's foot and any other special needs, requirements, or preferences can be recorded by direct communication, observation and measurement in a retail or medical setting, or by a wearer or other individual within their home or other remote site, and this data can be used to generate information and intelligence relating to the manufacture of a custom article of footwear.
  • Conventional measuring or reproduction means such as rulers, measuring tapes, Brannock devices, two or three dimensional scanners, pressure sensors, infrared thermography, stereolithography, photographs, photocopies, FAX, e-mail, cameras, images, tracings, video, television, computers and computer screens, templates, molds, models, and patterns can be used to help determine and make selections relating to an individual's foot shape, length, width, girth, and the like.
  • a worker and / or automated system can assemble or manufacture a customized article of footwear within a few minutes. This can be accomplished at the point of purchase or service center which can be located in a retail or medical facility, or alternatively, at a remote manufacturing environment.
  • a custom article of footwear can be made and possibly delivered to an individual's home or other designated address by same day or overnight service, as desired.
  • a preferred article of footwear has an anterior side, posterior side, medial side, lateral side, superior side, inferior side, transverse axis, longitudinal axis, and includes an upper, a lasting board, and a sole.
  • the sole can comprise a midsole and an outsole, or merely an outsole.
  • the superior surface of the lasting board can include an insole. Alternately, a separate insole can be included within the upper.
  • the upper, lasting board, and sole can be removably affixed in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means.
  • the lasting board can comprise a spring element, and a spring element can comprise a lasting board. Alternately, the lasting board and spring element can consist of separate parts. In the latter case, the upper, lasting board, spring element and sole can be removably affixed in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means .
  • the mechanical engagement means can comprise a plurality of fasteners including male and female parts.
  • the spring element can include a superior spring element, and an inferior spring element.
  • the inferior spring element is affixed in function relation to the superior spring element and projects rearward and downward therefrom, and has an flexural axis deviated from the transverse axis in the range between 10 and 50 degrees. It can be advantageous for the flexural axis to be deviated from the transverse axis in the range between 10 and 30 degrees in articles of footwear intended for walking, or for use by runners who tend to supinate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle, and in the range between 30 and 50 degrees for runners who tend to pronate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle. Accordingly, posterior of the flexural axis, the anterior to posterior lengths of the superior spring element and the inferior spring element can be shorter on the medial side than on the lateral side.
  • the preferred article of footwear includes a spring element having a superior spring element which can have a configuration substantially corresponding to the last bottom of the article of footwear, and an inferior spring element .
  • the superior spring element can consist of a single component, or can consist of two portions, an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element which are affixed together in functional relation.
  • the anterior spring element and inferior spring element can consist of a single component, or alternately, can be affixed together in functional relation, and the posterior spring element can be affixed in functional relation thereto.
  • an equivalent spring element can be formed as a single part, or in four parts.
  • the article of footwear further includes a separate lasting board, and the spring element, lasting board, upper, and sole can be affixed together in functional relation.
  • the superior spring element can be positioned in functional relation within the upper and the sole can be positioned inferior to the upper, and a plurality of fasteners can be used for affixing the superior spring element to the sole, thus trapping and securing the upper in functional relation therebetween. Further, a plurality of fasteners can be used to selectively affix the superior spring element in functional relation to the upper and the inferior spring element.
  • the plurality of fasteners can include male and female parts, and the male parts can be affixed to the lasting board or superior spring element .
  • the upper can further include a sleeve for affixing at least a portion of the superior spring element in function relation thereto.
  • the superior spring element and inferior spring element can be configured or affixed in functional relation to form a v-shape in the rearfoot area of an article of footwear and provide deflection in the range between 8-15 mm, and in particular, approximately 10 mm.
  • the v- shaped spring element can exhibit less stiffness in compression on the lateral side relative to the medial side, and it can be advantageous that the differential stiffness be in the range between two- to-three to one.
  • the superior spring element can have a thickness in the range between 1.0 and 3.5 mm.
  • the superior spring element can include an anterior spring element having a thickness in the range between 1.0-2.0 mm, and a posterior spring element having a thickness in the range between 2.0 and 3.5 mm.
  • the inferior spring element can have a thickness in the range between 2.0 and 3.5 mm.
  • the posterior spring element can further include a projection, and the anterior spring element and posterior spring element can be affixed by at least three fasteners in triangulation.
  • the superior spring element can be generally planar, or alternately can be curved to mate with the anatomy of a wearer and can further include elevated portions such as a side stabilizer or a heel counter.
  • the spring element can be made of a fiber composite material, or alternately, a thermoplastic material, or a metal material.
  • the spring element can include areas having different thickness, notches, slits, or openings which serve to produce differential stiffness when the spring element is loaded.
  • the spring element can include different types, orientations, configurations, and numbers of composite layers, and in different areas, in order to achieve differential stiffness when the spring element is loaded. Accordingly, the flexural modulus or stiffness exhibited by a spring element in the rearfoot, midfoot, and forefoot areas, and about any axis can be engineered, as desired.
  • the article of footwear can include a selectively removable sole.
  • a sole can include a midsole and an outsole, or merely an outsole.
  • the outsole can include an anterior outsole element and posterior outsole element .
  • the outsole can consist of a single component, or a three part component including an anterior outsole element, a middle outsole element and a 1 posterior outsole element.
  • the outsole can include a backing, a tread or ground engaging surface, and lines of flexion.
  • the article of footwear can include a rocker sole configuration.
  • the article of footwear can further include a spring guard for protecting the posterior aspect of the mating portions of the superior spring element or posterior spring element and the inferior spring element.
  • the article of footwear can further include an anterior spacer positioned between the anterior spring element and the posterior spring element for dampening shock and vibration.
  • the anterior spacer can have a wedge shape which can be used to modify the configuration and performance of the article of footwear.
  • the article of footwear can further include a posterior spacer positioned between the superior spring element or posterior spring element and the inferior spring element for dampening shock and vibration.
  • the posterior spacer can have a wedge shape which can be used to modify the configuration and performance of the article of footwear.
  • the article of footwear can further include a vibration decay time modifier.
  • the vibration decay time modifiers can include a head and a stem. The head of the vibration decay time modifiers can be dimensioned and configured for vibration substantially free of contact with the base of the posterior spacer or spring element in directions which substantially encompass a 360 degree arc and normal to the longitudinal axis of the stem.
  • a preferred article of footwear can include an anterior side, posterior side, medial side, lateral side, superior side, inferior side, and a longitudinal axis, and an upper affixed in functional relation to a spring element comprising an anterior spring element, a posterior spring element, and an inferior spring element .
  • the anterior spring element can be affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element, and a substantial portion of the anterior spring element can extend anterior of a position associated with 70 percent of the length of the upper as measured from the posterior side.
  • the inferior spring element can be affixed in function relation to the posterior spring element, and a substantial portion of the inferior spring element can extend posterior of a position associated with 50 percent of the length of the upper as measured from the posterior side.
  • the spring element can consist of a superior spring element which can include an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element affixed together in functional relation, but not include an inferior spring element projecting rearward and downward therefrom.
  • An alternate preferred article of footwear can have an anterior side, a posterior side, a medial side, a lateral side, superior side, inferior side, and a longitudinal axis, and a plurality of fasteners.
  • the upper can include a plurality of alternate openings on the inferior side at a plurality of different positions, and the alternate openings can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners.
  • a lasting board can be positioned within the upper, and the lasting board and upper can be being removably affixed in functional relation to a sole by the plurality of fasteners, thereby securing the upper in functional relation therebetween.
  • Different lasting boards can comprise different configurations for accommodating different foot shapes, foot lengths, and foot width sizes.
  • Lasting boards for a given foot shape and foot length or standard size article of footwear can be made in various standard size widths .
  • the plurality of fasteners can include male and female parts, and the male parts can be affixed in functional relation to the lasting board.
  • the female parts can be affixed in functional relation to the lasting board, or the male or female parts can be affixed in function relation to the sole, or the plurality of fasteners including male and female parts can consist of loose parts.
  • the lasting board can include a plurality of openings.
  • the plurality of openings in the lasting board can comprise a plurality of alternate openings offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size at a plurality of different positions.
  • the plurality of alternate openings on the inferior side of the upper can comprise two alternate openings, or three alternate openings .
  • the lasting board can comprise a spring element, and a spring element can comprise a lasting board.
  • a lasting board and spring element can consist of separate parts.
  • the spring element can comprise a superior spring element positioned within the upper.
  • the superior spring element can include an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element affixed together in functional relation.
  • the anterior spring element can include a medial anterior spring element and a lateral anterior spring element .
  • the spring element can also include an inferior spring element substantially positioned inferior and externally with respect to the upper which is affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element.
  • the anterior spring element including the medial anterior spring element and lateral anterior spring element can consist of two separate parts that are removably affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element .
  • the present invention teaches a method of making an article of footwear comprising the following steps : a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot; b) Creating information and intelligence for selecting and making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Selecting a foot length; d) Selecting a last bottom configuration; e) Selecting a foot width; f) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; g) Selecting an upper, sole, and lasting board which can be affixed together in functional relation to provide the selected foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions; and, f) Removably affixing the upper, sole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means .
  • the inferior side of the upper can include a plurality of openings for receiving the mechanical engagement means which can include a plurality of fasteners having male and female parts.
  • the upper and sole can include a plurality of openings
  • the lasting board can include male parts which can be caused to pass through the plurality of openings in the upper and sole, and female parts which can be removably affixed to the male parts can be used to removably affix the upper, lasting board, and sole in functional relation.
  • the lasting board can include female parts, and male parts can be used to removably affix the upper, lasting board, and sole in functional relation.
  • the sole can include male or female parts, and the corresponding male or female parts can be used to removably affix the upper, lasting board, and sole in functional relation.
  • the plurality of fasteners can consist of loose parts.
  • the plurality of openings on the inferior side of the upper can include two alternate openings at a plurality of different positions.
  • the two alternate openings can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of the upper can be selected at the plurality of positions during assembly.
  • the plurality of openings on the inferior side of the upper can include three alternate openings at a plurality of different positions, each of the three alternate openings being offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of the upper can be selected at the plurality of positions during assembly.
  • the lasting board can be made in different standard size foot widths.
  • foot length can vary by 1/3 inch per standard size, and foot width will vary by 1/4 inch per standard size, but other sizing systems can be used.
  • the lasting board can also include a plurality of alternate openings at a plurality of different positions. The plurality of openings can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of the upper can be selected at the plurality of positions during assembly.
  • a lasting board consists of two or more parts, an anterior element and a posterior element, e.g., a spring element including an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element
  • a plurality of openings can be included in the anterior spring element and posterior spring element which can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one half or one whole standard length size and the two parts can be affixed in functional relation with the use of fasteners or other conventional means to provide a desired size length.
  • the present invention also teaches a method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear including the following steps: a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot, and initiating or completing a financial transaction, thus selling an article of footwear; b) Creating information and intelligence for making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Providing the information and intelligence to a physical location at which the article of footwear can be made; d) Selecting a foot length; e) Selecting a last bottom configuration; f) Selecting a foot width; g) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; h) Selecting an upper, sole, and lasting board, which can be removably affixed together in functional relation to provide the foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions at the plurality of positions; i) Removably affixing the upper, sole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means, and completing the
  • the physical location can be a retail store and the manufacture of the article of footwear can be completed within thirty minutes.
  • the physical location can be a medical facility.
  • the physical location can be a manufacturing center for making the article of footwear, and the data relating to the wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot can be transmitted from a remote site, and the article of footwear can be caused to be delivered from the manufacturing center to a designated address.
  • the data can be transmitted electronically by means including but not limited to the Internet, telephone and Fax.
  • an article of footwear can be caused to be delivered to a designated address within a selected number of working days.
  • the article of footwear can sometimes be delivered the same day, the next day, br within a different selected number of working days, as desired.
  • Figure 1 is a medial side view of an article of footwear including a lasting board or spring element according to the present invention.
  • Figure 2 is a top view of the article of footwear shown in Figure 1.
  • Figure 12 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 11, with parts broken away, but having a forefoot area including an outsole, foam midsole, and upper affixed together with an adhesive.
  • Figure 13 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 12, with parts broken away, but having a forefoot area including a detachable outsole and foam midsole .
  • Figure 14 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, further including a spring guard, and also a rocker sole configuration .
  • Figure 15 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having a upper including a sleeve for accommodating a lasting board or spring element .
  • Figure 16 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having fewer layers underlying the superior spring element.
  • Figure 17 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having a upper affixed to a lasting board or spring element.
  • Figure 18 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 17, further including a posterior spacer including a spring guard. OJ to t M H o L ⁇ o L ⁇ o L ⁇ o L ⁇
  • Figure 26 is a cross sectional view of the posterior spacer included in the article of footwear shown in Figure 9, taken along line 26-26.
  • Figure 27 is a cross sectional view of an alternate posterior spacer generally similar to that shown in Figure 9, but having a wedge shape, taken along a line consistent with line 26-26.
  • Figure 28 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear having an alternate spring element with parts broken away.
  • Figure 29 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear having a lasting board or spring element, and a selectively removable sole.
  • Figure 30 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing a lasting board or anterior spring element having a plurality of openings.
  • Figure 31 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing a plurality of adjacent openings at different positions .
  • Figure 32 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing reinforcement material about a plurality of adjacent openings at different positions.
  • Figure 33 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing a plurality of adjacent openings at different positions .
  • Figure 34 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing reinforcement material about and between a plurality of openings . OJ to t ⁇ > 1 o L ⁇ o L ⁇ o
  • Figure 43 is a transverse cross-sectional view of an article of footwear showing a sole affixed directly to an upper, and also a lasting board or spring element located within a recess.
  • Figure 44 is a medial side view of a sandal including a spring element .
  • the present invention teaches an article of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth.
  • Lasting boards having different configurations and alternate positions for selectively affixing various portions of an upper can be used to adjust and customize the fit of an article of footwear for an individual wearer.
  • the lasting board can also comprise a spring element which can provide improved cushioning, stability, running economy, and a long service life. Unlike the conventional foam materials presently being used by the footwear industry, the spring element is not substantially subject to compression set degradation and can provide a relatively long service life.
  • the components of the article of footwear including the upper, insole, lasting board or spring element, and sole including possible midsole and outsole portions can be selected from a range of options, and can be easily removed and replaced, as desired.
  • the relative configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot, midfoot and rearfoot areas of the article of footwear can be readily modified and adjusted. Accordingly, the article of footwear can be customized by a wearer or specially configured for a select target population in order to optimize desired performance criteria. Moreover, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing an article of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business .
  • Figure 1 is a medial side view of an article of footwear 22 including a spring element 51 consisting of at least two portions, a superior spring element 47 and an inferior spring element 50.
  • the portions of spring element 51 can be integrally formed in a single component, but can be formed in at least two parts which can be affixed together by adhesives.
  • the lasting board 79 or superior spring element 47 is removably affixed in functional relation to the inferior spring element 50, upper 23, and sole 32 possibly including an outsole 43 and midsole 26 by mechanical engagement means such as fasteners 29. Threaded nuts and bolts, rivets, pop- rivets, snaps, hooks, clips, mating male and female parts, and the like, can be used as fasteners 29.
  • the fasteners 29 can be made, e.g., of metal, ceramic, thermoplastic, or thermoset materials. When a thermoplastic or thermoset material is used, a fastener 29 can be formed or affixed in position with the use of heat and pressure, welding, adhesive, polymerization or vulcanization, and can later be removed by destructive method or again with the use of heat and pressure. For example, the distal end of the male part of a fastener 29 can be melted and formed into a rivet like shape with the use of heat and pressure . Contact adhesives and light cure adhesives can also be used to create or affix a fastener 29.
  • the fasteners 29 are selectively removable and also renewable, thus enable various portions of the spring element 51 and article of footwear 22 to be removed and replaced, as desired.
  • Threaded fasteners 29 can include Allen head or star drive mechanical mating configurations for use with a like tool, and the fasteners 29 can be torque limited to tighten to an appropriate and desired torque value.
  • other conventional means can be used to affix the upper 23 in functional relation to the spring element 51 and outsole 43, such as VELCRO ® hook and pile, or other mechanical engagement means and devices.
  • a portion of the posterior outsole element 46 can slip over and trap a portion of the inferior spring element 50 and then be secured with fasteners 29.
  • At least one hook 27 can extend from the backing 30 of anterior outsole element 44 and engage a portion of the upper 23 or the superior spring element 47 as a portion of the outsole 43 is attached to a preferred article of footwear 22.
  • prior art examples of means for selectively and removably affixing various components of an article of footwear include, e.g., U.S. 2,183,277, U.S. 2,200,080, U.S. 2,220,534, U.S. 2,552,943, U.S. 2,588,061, U.S. 2,640,283, U.S. 2,873,540, U.S. 3,012,340, U.S. 3,818,617, U.S. 3,878,626, U.S.
  • an upper 23 including a heel counter 24, tip 25, vamp 52, anterior side 33, posterior side 34, medial side 35, top or superior side 37, bottom or inferior side 38, forefoot area 58, midfoot area 67, rearfoot area 68, midsole 26, a spring element 51 including an inferior spring element 50, an outsole 43 including an anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 having a tread or ground engaging surface 53, and the presence of toe spring 62.
  • the upper 23 can be made of a plurality of conventional materials known in the footwear art such as leather, natural or synthetic textile materials, paper or cardboard, stitching, adhesive, thermoplastic material, foam material, and natural or synthetic rubber.
  • the article of footwear 22 can also include means for customizing the shape, width, and fit of the upper such as taught in U.S. 5,729,912, U.S. 5,813,146, and the like. Further, the present invention teaches novel devices and methods for customizing the width, girth, and last or foot shape of the preferred article of footwear, as discussed in greater detail below. Moreover, the article of footwear 22 can include a custom insole, but also a custom upper using light cure material as taught in the applicant's U.S. 5,632,057, hereby incorporated by reference herein.
  • the anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 can include a backing 30 portion.
  • the outsole 43 can be firmly secured in function relation to the upper 23 and lasting board 79 or spring element 51 with the use of a plurality of fasteners 29.
  • the posterior outsole element 46 consists of a resilient elastomer such as natural or synthetic rubber, during footstrike and the early portion of the braking phase of the gait cycle, the posterior outsole element 46 can become somewhat elongated and distended along the longitudinal or anterior to posterior axis and to lesser degree the medial to lateral or transverse axis, and this can further contribute to reducing the shock and vibration which is generated upon impact, as the forces and direction of loading during" footstrike and the braking phase have not only vertical or z axis, but also x and y axis components.
  • the ground engaging portion 53 of the outsole 43 can be made of a natural or synthetic rubber material such as nitrile or styrene butadiene rubber, a thermoplastic material, an elastomer such as polyurethane, or a hybrid thermoplastic rubber. Further, these materials can possibly be suitable for use when blown or foamed.
  • Suitable hybrid thermoplastic and rubber combinations include dynamically vulcanized alloys which can be injection molded such as those produced by Advanced Elastomer Systems, 338 Main Street, Akron, Ohio 44311, e.g., SANTOPRENE ® , VYRAM ® , GEOLAST ® , TREFSIN ® , VISTAFLEX ® , GEOLAST ® , DYTROL XL ® , and taught in the following U.S. Patents; 5,783,631, 5,779,968, 5,777,033, 5,777,029, 5,750,625, 5,672,660,
  • SANTOPRENE ® is known to consist of a combination of butyl rubber and ethylene-propylene .
  • the backing 30 portion of the outsole 43 can be made of a formulation of a thermoplastic material such as nylon, polyurethane, or SANTOPRENE ® that is relatively firm relative to the ground engaging portion 53 of the outsole 43.
  • a polyurethane or SANTOPRENE ® material having a hardness between 35-75 Durometer Asker C could be used on the ground engaging portion 53 of the outsole 43
  • a polyurethane or SANTOPRENE ® material having a hardness between 75-100 Durometer on the Shore A or D scales could be used to make the backing 30 of outsole 43.
  • a polyurethane backing 30 can be bonded to a polyurethane ground engaging portion 53 of outsole 43 or other material, or alternately, a SANTOPRENE ® backing can be bonded to a SANTOPRENE ® ground engaging portion 53 of outsole 43. This can be accomplished by dual injection molding, or over- molding of the like materials.
  • One advantage when using homogenous materials for the two portions of the outsole 43 concerns the affinity of like materials for effectively bonding together.
  • Another advantage in using homogenous materials for the two portions of the outsole 43 concerns the "green” or environmentally friendly and recyclable nature of the component at the end of its service life. It is possible for the spent homogenous outsole 43 component including the backing 30 and ground engaging portion 53 to be recycled by the footwear manufacturer or by a third party, e.g., the outsole 43 can be re-ground into pieces and be thermoformed to make a portion of a new outsole 43 component. Further, the relative absence of adhesives in the manufacture of the outsole components and article of footwear taught in the present invention also makes for a "green” or environmentally friendly product. In contrast, conventional articles of footwear are commonly manufactured with the extensive use of adhesives for bonding a foam midsole to an upper and outsole .
  • injection molding equipment and light cure technology can be used to reduce the cycle times to perhaps fractions of a second with relative energy efficiency and little or no waste product in a relatively environmentally friendly manufacturing environment . Accordingly, manufacturing can be located in the United States, or otherwise closer to the intended market.
  • the backing 30 can simultaneously comprise at least a portion of the spring element 51 of the article of footwear 22, as shown in Figure 16.
  • outsole 43 can also include desired lines of flexion 54.
  • desired lines of flexion 54 The following U.S. Patents and some of the prior art recited therein contain teachings with respect to lines of flexion 54 in articles of footwear such as grooves, and the like: U.S. 5,384,973, U.S. 5,425,184, U.S. 5,625,964, U.S. 5,709,954, U.S.
  • the use of a relatively soft elastomeric material having good dampening characteristics on the ground engaging portion 53 of an outsole 43 can contribute to enhanced attenuation of the shock and vibration generated by impact events.
  • Relatively soft elastomeric materials having good dampening characteristics tend to have inferior abrasion and wear characteristics, and this can pose a practical limitation on their use in conventional articles of footwear constructed with the use of adhesives having non-renewable outsoles.
  • the use of relatively soft elastomeric materials having good dampening characteristics does not pose a practical problem with respect to the preferred article of footwear 22 taught in the present application since the outsole 43 can be easily renewed and replaced. Accordingly, the preferred article of footwear 22 can provide a wearer with enhanced cushioning effects relative to many conventional articles of footwear.
  • the spring element 51 can be made of a resilient material such as metal, and in particular spring steel, a thermoplastic material, or alternately a preferred fiber composite material.
  • Glass fiber, aramide or KEVLAR ® fiber, or carbon fiber composite materials can be used individually, or in partial or complete combination.
  • Glass fiber composite materials are generally available at a cost of about $5.00 per pound, whereas carbon fiber materials are generally available at a cost of about $8.00 -$14.00 per pound.
  • Glass fiber composite materials generally exhibit a lower modulus of elasticity or flexural modulus, thus less stiffness in bending as compared with carbon fiber materials, but can generally withstand more severe bending without breaking.
  • the higher modulus of elasticity of carbon fiber composite materials can provide greater stiffness in bending and a higher spring rate, and reduced weight relative to glass fiber composite materials exhibiting like flexural modulus.
  • Blends or combinations of glass fiber and carbon fiber materials are commonly known as hybrid composite materials .
  • Carbon fiber composite materials can be impregnated or coated with thermoplastic materials or thermoset materials.
  • the modulus of elasticity or flexural modulus of some finished thermoplastic carbon fiber composite materials can be lower than that of some thermoset carbon fiber composite materials.
  • a sample of thermoplastic carbon fiber composite material having a relatively broad weave can have a flexural modulus in the range between 10-12 Msi, and in the range between 5-6 Msi in a finished part, whereas a "standard modulus" grade of thermoset impregnated uni-directional carbon fiber composite material can have a flexural modulus in the range of 33 Msi, and in the range between 18- 20 Msi in a finished part.
  • Impregnated carbon fiber composite materials are commonly known as "prepreg” materials. Such materials are available in roll and sheet form and in various grades, sizes, types of fibers, and fiber configurations, but also with various resin components.
  • Prepreg carbon fiber composite materials are available having various flexural modulus, and generally, the higher the modulus the more expensive is the material.
  • a standard modulus uni-directional prepreg peel-ply carbon fiber composite material made by Structural Polymer Systems Inc., also known as Cape Composites, Inc. of San Diego, California can be suitable for use.
  • Such prepreg material can have a thickness of .025 mm or .01 inches including the peel-ply backing and .13 mm or .005 inches without.
  • the desired thickness of the superior spring element 47 or anterior spring element 48 in the forefoot area 58 of an article of footwear intended for use in running when using standard modulus 33 Msi thermoset uni-directional prepreg carbon fiber composite material is at least 1.0 mm and approximately 1.25 mm or .049 inches for an individual weighing 100-140 pounds running at slow to moderate speeds, approximately 1.50 mm or .059 inches for an individual weighing 140-180 pounds running at slow to moderate speeds, and 1.75 mm or .0685 inches for an individual weighing 180-220 pounds running at slow to moderate speeds.
  • individuals When running at higher speeds, e.g., on a track and field surface, individuals generally prefer a thicker and stiffer plate relative to that selected for use at slow or moderate speeds.
  • the perceived improvement in running economy can be on the order of at least one second over four hundred meters which corresponds to approximately two to three percent improvement in athletic performance.
  • the superior spring element 47 or anterior spring element 48 can store energy when loaded during the latter portion of the stance phase and early portion of the propulsive phase of the running cycle, and then release that energy during the latter portion of the propulsive phase. Accordingly, the anterior spring element 48 provides not only deflection for attenuating shock and vibration associated with impact events, but can also provide a relatively high level of mechanical efficiency by storing and possibly returning in excess of 70 percent of the energy imparted thereto.
  • most conventional prior art athletic footwear soles including foam midsoles and rubber outsoles have a spring to dampening ratio somewhere between 40-60 percent. The preferred article of footwear 22 can then afford a wearer with greater mechanical efficiency and running economy than most conventional prior art athletic footwear.
  • the spring elements 51 used in the present invention are not substantially subject to compression set degradation due to repetitive loading.
  • the degradation of conventional foam materials can cause injury to a wearer, as when a broken down midsole results in a wearer's foot being unnaturally placed in a supinated or pronated position as opposed to a more neutral position, or when a compacted foam midsole in the forefoot area 58 causes a wearer's metatarsals to drop out of normal orientation or to unnaturally converge.
  • the quality of cushioning provided by conventional foam materials such as ethylene vinyl acetate or polyurethane rapidly degrades as the material becomes compacted and takes a compression set.
  • the spring elements 51 taught in the present invention do not substantially suffer from these forms of degradation, rather provide substantially the same performance and geometric integrity after extended use as when new. Further, in the event of a fatigue or catastrophic failure of a spring element, the damaged part can simply be removed and replaced.
  • the desired thickness of the superior spring element 47, or posterior spring element 49 for the rearfoot area 68 of an article of footwear intended for running use when using standard modulus 33 Msi thermoset uni-directional prepreg carbon fiber composite material is approximately in the range between 2.0 - 4.0 mm, and in particular, at least 2.0 mm, and about 2.25 mm or .0885 inches for an individual weighing between 100-140 pounds, about 2.5 mm or .0985 inches for an individual weighing between 140-160 pounds, about 2.75 mm or .108 inches for an individual weighing between 160-180 pounds, about 3.0 mm or .118 inches for an individual weighing between 180-200 pounds, and about 3.25 mm or .1275 inches for an individual weighing between 200-225 pounds.
  • the thickness of the inferior spring element 50 be equal to, or slightly greater than that of the corresponding superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 in the rearfoot area 68, as the inferior spring element 50 has a more complex curved shape and is subject to direct repetitive impact events.
  • the desired thickness of the inferior spring element 50 for an article of footwear for running use when using standard modulus 33 Msi thermoset uni-directional prepreg carbon fiber material is approximately in the range between 2.0 - 4.0 mm, and in particular, about 2.5 mm or .0985 inches for an individual weighing between 100-120 pounds, 2.75 mm or .108 inches for an individual weighing between 120-140 pounds, 3.0 mm or .118 inches for an individual weighing between 140-160 pounds, 3.25 mm or .1275 inches for an individual weighing between 160-180 pounds, 3.5 mm or .138 inches for an individual weighing between 180-200 pounds, and 3.75 mm or .1475 inches for an individual weighing between 200-225 pounds.
  • the thickness can vary and be tapered from the posterior side 34 to the anterior side 33, that is, the part can gradually become thinner moving in the direction of the anterior side 33. This can be accomplished by reducing the number of layers during the building of the part and / or with the use of compressive forces during the molding or curing process.
  • the superior spring element 47 consists of two parts, e.g., an anterior spring element 48 and a posterior spring element 49, the parts can be made in different thickness.
  • the posterior spring element 49 can be made of a higher modulus material having a given thickness, and the anterior spring element 48 can be made of a lower modulus material having the same thickness, thus the two parts can have the same thickness but nevertheless provide different and desired spring and dampening characteristics.
  • the number of fiber composite layers, the type of fiber and resin composition of the layers, the inclusion of a .core material, and the geometry and orientation of the layers, can be varied so as to create areas of differential stiffness in a spring element 51.
  • the inferior spring element 50 can project from the superior spring element 47 with the flexural axis 59 orientated consistent with a transverse axis, that is, at approximately 90 ' degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis 69 provided that the aforementioned variables concerning the fiber composite layers are suitably engineered so as to render the medial side 35 of the inferior spring element 50 approximately 2- 3 times stiffer than the lateral side 36, that is, in an article of footwear intended for walking or running activity.
  • a spring element 51 and in particular, an inferior spring element 50 having an flexural axis 59 orientated at approximately 90 degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis 69, can be configured so as to provide differential stiffness.
  • a portion of a spring element 51 can include transverse or longitudinal slits, notches, openings, a core material, or reduced thickness so as to exhibit areas of differential stiffness, as shown in Figure 10.
  • U.S. 5,875,567 hereby incorporated by reference herein, recites several configurations and methods for achieving differential stiffness in the midfoot area 67 or rearfoot area 68 of an article of footwear.
  • an inferior spring element 50 having an flexural axis 59 orientated consistent with transverse axis 91 at 90 degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis 69 is not so advantageously disposed to receive repetitive loading and exhibit robustness during its service life relative to an inferior spring element 50 having an flexural axis 59 deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range between 10 and 50 degrees, as shown in Figures 9 and 10.
  • the foot of a wearer characterized as a rearfoot striker is normally somewhat dorsiflexed, supinated and abducted during footstrike, as recited in U.S.
  • the flexural axis 59 of the inferior spring element 50 can be deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range 5 between 10 and 30 degrees in an article of footwear which is intended for walking use, or use by runners who tend to supinate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle, and for the flexural axis 59 of the inferior spring element 50 to be
  • the form or mold can be made of wood, composite material, or metal.
  • Prototype forms or molds can be made of thin sheets of stainless steel
  • the stainless steel can then be treated with a cleaner and appropriate release agent.
  • the stainless steel can be washed with WATERCLEAN and then dried, then given two coats of
  • a "prepreg" uni-directional carbon fiber composite material including a peel-off protective layer that exposes a self-adhesive surface can then be cut to the approximate shapes of the desired spring element by a razor blade, scissors, cutting die, or water jet cutter.
  • Suitable carbon fiber composite materials for use include F3 (C) 50K made by FORTAFIL, PANEX 33 made by ZOLTEK, AS4C made by HEXCEL, T300 made by TORAY / AMOCO, and the like.
  • the individual layers of carbon fiber composite material can have a thickness of approximately .13 mm or .005 inches and be affixed to one another to build the desired thickness of the spring elements, but allowing for a reduction of approximately 10 percent due to shrinkage which commonly takes place during the curing process.
  • the individual layers can be alternated in various orientations, e.g., some can be orientated parallel to the length of the desired spring element, and others inclined at 45 degrees to the left or right, or at 90 degrees. The stiffness in bending exhibited by the spring element in various orientations can thereby be engineered by varying the number, type, and orientation of the fiber composite layers.
  • the spring element can be rolled or placed under pressure and applied to the stainless steel prototype form or mold.
  • the carbon fiber composite lay-up including the stainless steel form or mold can be wrapped in a peel ply or perforated release film such as Vac-Pak E 3760 or A 5000 Teflon ® FEP, then wrapped in a bleeder such as A 3000 Resin Bleeder/Breather or RC- 3000-10A polyester which will absorb excess resin which could leach from the spring elements during curing.
  • This assembly can then be enclosed in a vacuum bagging film, e.g., a Vak-Pak ® Co-Extruded Nylon Bagging Film such as Vac-Pak HS 800 and all mating edges can be sealed with the use of a sealant tape such as Schnee Morehead vacuum bag tacky tape, or RAP RS200.
  • a vacuum valve can be installed in functional relation to the vacuum bagging film before the vacuum bag is completely sealed. The vacuum valve can be subsequently connected to an autoclave vacuum hose and a vacuum pump, and the assembly can be checked for leaks before placing it in an oven for curing.
  • the entire assembly while under constant vacuum pressure, can then be placed into an oven and heated at a temperature of approximately 250 degrees Fahrenheit for one to two hours in order to effect setting and curing of the carbon fiber composite spring elements .
  • the vacuum bag can be opened and the cured carbon fiber composite spring elements can be removed from within the bleeder and the peel ply or release film, and separated from the stainless steel form or mold.
  • the spring element parts can then possibly be cut or trimmed with a grinder or with the use of water jet cutting equipment, then the fasteners 29 can be affixed and the spring element installed in functional relation to the upper and outsole of a prototype article of footwear.
  • the method of making fiber composite materials in a production setting differs depending upon whether thermoplastic or thermoset materials are being used.
  • thermoplastic carbon fiber composite materials including their resin coatings are commonly available in flat sheet stock. Parts can then be cut from these sheets using water jet cutting equipment. These parts can then be preheated for a short time in an oven in order to reach a temperature below but relatively close to the melt point of the thermoplastic material, thus rendering the part moldable .
  • Production molds are commonly milled from aluminum, then polished and treated with a non-stick coating and release agent. The cost of a single aluminum production mold is approximately $2,500. The parts can then be placed into a relatively cold mold and subjected to pressure as the part is permitted to cool. The parts can then be removed and inspected for possible use.
  • One manufacturer of thermoset fiber composite parts is
  • thermoset carbon fiber composite uni- directional prepreg material is being used to make a desired part.
  • the uncured layered thermoset part is commonly placed into an aluminum mold which has been preheated to a desired temperature. The mold is closed and the part is then subjected to both heat and pressure.
  • the set and cure time of thermoset fiber composite materials is temperature dependent. Generally, the set and cure time for thermoset parts will be about one hour given a temperature of- 250 degrees Fahrenheit.
  • thermoset parts it is often possible for the same thermoset parts to reach their gel state and take a set, whereupon the shape of the part will be stable, in about one half hour given a temperature of 270 degrees Fahrenheit, in about fifteen minutes given a temperature of 290 degrees Fahrenheit, or in about seven minutes given a temperature of 310 degrees Fahrenheit. Having once reached their gel state and taken a set, the thermoset parts can then be removed from the mold. The parts.can later be placed in an oven and subjected to one to two hours of exposure to a temperature of 250 degrees Fahrenheit in order to complete the curing process. Moreover, Structural Polymer Systems, Inc.
  • thermoset material identified by their product code number 2510 which can completely cure in ten minutes given a temperature of 250 degrees Fahrenheit , and perhaps even faster at higher temperatures.
  • One manufacturer of thermoset fiber composite parts is Quatro Composites of 12544 Kirkham Court, Number 16, Poway, California 92064.
  • Fiber composite parts can include the use of light cure technology, compression molding, injection molding, reaction injection molding, and also pulltrusion.
  • Compression molding, injection molding, and reaction injection molding have been widely used in the automotive industry, e.g., the body of the Corvette largely consists of fiber composite construction.
  • Thermoplastic materials, or alternately, thermoset materials including polymers, resins, or epoxies which can be rubber toughened including glass fiber, aramide fiber, carbon fiber, or boron fiber materials, and the like, having a relatively long fiber length can be used.
  • Figure 2 is a top view showing the superior side 37 of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1. Shown are the tip 25, vamp 52, insole 55, anterior side 33, posterior side 34, medial side 35, and lateral side 36 of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22. Also shown is the forefoot area 58, midfoot area 67, rearfoot area 68, and position approximately corresponding to the weight bearing center of the heel 57.
  • Figure 3 is a bottom view showing the inferior side 38 of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1. Shown is an outsole 43 having a tread or ground engaging surface 53 consisting of anterior outsole element 44 that includes lines of flexion 54, and a posterior outsole element 46 that extends substantially within the midfoot area 67 and rearfoot area 68. Alternately, posterior outsole element 46 can be made in two portions, that is, a posterior outsole element 46.1 positioned adjacent the posterior side 34 in the rearfoot area 68, and a stabilizer 63 having a generally triangular shape positioned substantially in the midfoot area 67. For the sake of brevity, both options have been shown simultaneously in Figure 3.
  • stabilizer 63 can be made in various configurations, and various different stiffness in compression options can be made in order to optimize desired performance characteristics such as cushioning and stability for an individual wearer, or a target population of wearers.
  • a stabilizer 63 can include a foam material, gas filled bladders, viscous fluids, gels, textiles, thermoplastic materials, and the like.
  • Figure 4 is a medial side view of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1, with parts broken away. Shown in Figure 4 is a two part outsole 43 consisting of anterior outsole element 44, and posterior outsole element 46, each having a backing 30. Also shown are the upper 23, including a tip 25, vamp 52, heel counter 24, fasteners 29, and insole 31.
  • the insole 31 can be made of a foamed or blown neoprene rubber material including a textile cover and having a thickness of approximately 3.75 mm, or a SORBOTHANE ® , or PORON ® polyurethane foam material including a textile cover.
  • the insole 31 preferably includes a light cure material for providing a custom fit in accordance with U.S.
  • the superior spring element 51 underlies the insole 31 and can be configured to approximate the shape of the insole 31 and last bottom about which the upper 23 can be affixed during the manufacturing process, or alternately, to a soft data storage and retrieval computer software three dimensional model relating to the configuration and pattern of the upper 23 of the article of footwear.
  • the spring element 51 can consist of a plurality of portions, and preferably three portions, an anterior spring element 48, a posterior spring element 49, and an inferior spring element 50 which can be affixed together in functional relation, e.g., with the use of fasteners 29, and the like.
  • the anterior spring element 48 can underlay a substantial portion of the forefoot area 58 and is preferably affixed to the posterior spring element 49 in the forefoot area 58 or midfoot area 67 posterior of a position in the range between approximately 60-70 percent of the length of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22 as measured from the posterior side 34, that is, a position posterior of the metatarsal- phalangeal joints of a wearer's foot when the article of footwear 22 is donned.
  • the metatarsal-phalangeal joints are located at approximately 70 percent of foot length on the medial side 35 of the foot, and at approximately 60 percent of foot length on the lateral side 36 of the foot. Accordingly the anterior spring element 48 can underlay the metatarsal-phalangeal joints of the foot and energy can temporarily be stored and later released to generate propulsive force when the anterior spring element 48 undergoes bending during the stance and propulsive phases of the running cycle.
  • the anterior spring element 48 can be selectively and removably attached and renewed in the event of damage or failure.
  • a wearer can select from anterior spring elements 48 having different configurations and stiffness, and therefore customize the desired stiffness of the anterior spring element 48 in an article of footwear 22. For example, different individuals having different body weight, running styles, or characteristic running speeds could desire anterior spring elements 48 having different stiffness .
  • the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 46 can be selectively and removably affixed to the inferior spring element 50 in the rearfoot area 68 or midfoot area 67 of the article of footwear 22. Accordingly the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 can underlay a substantial portion of the wearer's rearfoot and perhaps a portion of the wearer's midfoot and energy can be stored during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle and released in the later portion of the stance and propulsive phases of the running cycle to provide propulsive force.
  • the anteriormost portion of wearer's rearfoot on the lateral side of the foot is consistent with the junction between the calcaneus and cuboid bones of the foot which is generally in the range between 25-35 percent of a given foot length and that of a corresponding size upper 23 of an article of footwear 22.
  • the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49, and inferior spring element 50 can be selectively and removably attached and renewed in the event of failure. Further, a wearer can select from superior spring elements 47 or posterior spring elements 49, and inferior spring elements 50 having different configurations and stiffness, and therefore customize the desired stiffness of these spring elements in an article of footwear 22. For example, different individuals having different weight, running styles, or characteristic running speeds could desire to select superior spring elements 47 or posterior spring elements 49, and inferior spring elements 50 having different stiffness.
  • the spring element 51 of a preferred article of footwear can consist of three portions, an anterior spring element 48 which is positioned anterior of at least approximately 70 percent of the length of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22 as measured from the posterior side 34, a posterior spring element 49 which extends anteriorly from proximate the posterior side 34 of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22 and is affixed in functional relation to the anterior spring element 48, and an inferior spring element 50 which is affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element 49.
  • inferior spring element 50 projects rearwards and downwards and extends beneath a substantial portion of the rearfoot area 68 of the article of footwear 22, that is, inferior spring element 50 can extend posterior of a position which corresponds to approximately 25-35 percent of the length of the upper 23 as measured from the posterior side 34.
  • the spring element 51 can be formed in two portions or a single part .
  • the elevation of the wearer's foot in the rearfoot area 68 measured under the weight bearing center of a wearer's heel 57 is preferably less than 30 mm, and is approximately 26 mm in a size 11 men's article of footwear 22, as shown in Figure 4.
  • the elevation of the wearer's foot in the forefoot area 58 measured under the ball of the foot proximate the metatarsal-phalangeal joints is preferably less than 20 mm, and is approximately 16 mm in a size 11 men's article of footwear, as shown in Figure 4.
  • the difference in elevation between the forefoot area 58 when measured under the ball of the foot and the rearfoot area 68 when measured under the weight bearing center of a wearer's heel 57 is preferably in the range between 8-12 mm, and is approximately 10 mm, as shown in Figure .
  • the preferred maximum amount of deflection as between the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50 is in the range between 8-15 mm for most athletic footwear applications. As shown in Figure 4, the maximum amount of deflection possible as between posterior spring element 49 and inferior spring element 50 is approximately 10 mm, and this amount of deflection is generally preferred for use in the rearfoot area 68 of a running shoe. It can be advantageous from the standpoint of injury prevention that the elevation of the rearfoot area 68 minus the maximum amount of deflection permitted between the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50 be equal to or greater than the elevation of the forefoot area 58.
  • the amount of deflection permitted be equal to or less than approximately 75 % the maximum distance between the proximate opposing sides of the spring element 51, that is, as between the inferior surface of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the superior surface of the inferior spring element 50.
  • the preferred amount of deflection or compression under the wearer's foot in the forefoot area 58 is approximately 4-6 mm, and such can be provided by an insole 31 having a thickness of 3.75 mm in combination with an anterior outsole element 44 having a total thickness of 6.5 mm including a backing 30 having a thickness of approximately 1.5 mm and a tread or ground engaging portion 53 having a thickness of approximately 5 mm, and in particular, when the ground engaging portion 53 is made of a relatively soft and resilient material having good traction, and shock and vibration dampening characteristics.
  • a foamed natural or synthetic rubber or other elastomeric material can be suitable for use.
  • an outsole material having advantageous traction, and shock and vibration dampening characteristics only lasts 200 miles during use, that is, as opposed to perhaps 300 miles associated with a harder and longer wearing outsole material, this does not pose a practical problem, as the outsole 43 portions can be easily renewed in the present invention, whereas a conventional article of footwear would normally be discarded. Accordingly, it is possible to obtain better traction, and shock and vibration dampening characteristics in the present invention, as the durability of the outsole 43 portions is not such an important criteria.
  • Figure 5 is a lateral side view of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1, with parts broken away. Shown in dashed lines is the medial aspect of the inferior spring element 50. Also shown is the flexural axis 59 which can be deviated in the range between 10 and 50 degrees from the transverse axis 91 of an article of footwear 22. It can be advantageous that the flexural axis 59 be deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range between 10-30 degrees in an article of footwear intended for use in walking, and generally in the range between 30-50 degrees in an article of footwear intended for use in running. As shown in Figures 4 and 5, the flexural axis 59 is deviated at about 35 degrees from the transverse axis 91 of the article of footwear 22.
  • the length of the superior lever arm 60 and inferior lever arm 61 formed along the medial side 35 of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50 are shorter than the length of the corresponding superior lever arm 60.1 and inferior lever arm 61.1 formed along the lateral side 36 of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50. Accordingly, when the inferior spring element 50 is affixed in functional relation to the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and is subject to compressive loading, the inferior spring element 50 exhibits less stiffness in compression at the lateral and posterior corner, and increasing stiffness in compression both anteriorly and laterally.
  • the spring element 51 including inferior spring element 50 exhibit approximately two to three times the stiffness in compression on the medial side 35 relative to the stiffness exhibited on the lateral side 36.
  • the inferior aspect of the spring element 51 has a concave configuration in the midfoot area 67, that is, between the inferiormost portion of the anterior spring element 48 in the forefoot area 58 and the inferiormost portion of the inferior spring element 50 in the rearfoot area 68. It can be readily understood that the configuration of this concavity
  • FIG. 6 is a top view of a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 in the article of footwear 22 similar to that shown in Figure 2, but having a relatively more curved shape corresponding to a relatively more curve lasted upper 23 shown in dashed lines. Shown is a spring element 51 consisting of a single full length superior spring element 47.
  • Figure 7 is a top view of a two part lasting board 79 or spring element 51 consisting of anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 in the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 2, with the upper 23 shown in dashed lines.
  • Figure 8 is a top view of a two part lasting board 79 or spring element 51 consisting of anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 in an article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 2, but having a relatively more curved shape corresponding to a relatively more curve lasted upper 23 which is shown in dashed lines.
  • the anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 can be affixed with three fasteners 29 in triangulation.
  • the posterior spring element 48 can include a projection 70 proximate the longitudinal axis 69 of the article of footwear 22.
  • the configuration of this projection 70 can at least partially determine the torsional rigidity of the assembled spring element 51 consisting of anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49, thus the degree to which the forefoot area 58 can be rotated inwards or outwards about the longitudinal axis 69. Further, the number, dimension, and location of the fasteners 29 used to affix the anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 can affect both the flexural modulus of the superior spring element 47 along the length of the longitudinal axis 69, but also rotationally about the longitudinal axis 69, that is, the torsional modulus of the superior spring element 47. A portion of the anterior spring element 48 is shown broken away in order to reveal the optional inclusion of an anterior spacer 55 between the anterior spring element 48 and the posterior spring element 49.
  • an anterior spacer 55 which can possibly consist of a cushioning medium having desired spring and dampening characteristics can be inserted in the area between the anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49, that is, within an area of possible overlap as between the two components .
  • the configuration and compressive, flexural, and torsional stiffness of an anterior spacer 55 can be used to modify the overall configuration and performance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22.
  • an anterior spacer 55 can have uniform height, or alternately an anterior spacer 55 can have varied height.
  • an anterior spacer 55 can exhibit uniform compressive, flexural, and torsional stiffness throughout, or alternately an anterior spacer 55 can exhibit different compressive, flexural, and torsional stiffness in different locations.
  • an anterior spacer 55 can be used to enhance the cushioning, stability and overall performance of an article of footwear 22 for a unique individual wearer, or for a target population of wearers.
  • an anterior spacer 55 having an inclined or wedge shape can be used to decrease the rate and magnitude of pronation, supination, and inward or outward rotation of portions of a wearer's foot during portions of the walking or running gait cycle, and can also possibly correct for anatomical conditions such as varus or valgus .
  • the relevant methods and techniques for making corrections of this kind are relatively well known to qualified medical doctors, podiatrists, and physical therapists. See also the following prior art references, U.S. 4,399,620, U.S. 4,578,882, U.S. 4,620,376, U.S.
  • an anterior spacer 55 having an inclined wedge shape that increases in height from the lateral to the medial side, or one which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the medial side can be used to compensate for a forefoot varus condition
  • an anterior spacer 55 having an inclined wedge shape that increases in height from the medial to the lateral side, or one which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the lateral side can be used to compensate for a forefoot valgus condition.
  • an anterior spacer 55 can also have a wedge or complex curved shape along the longitudinal axis 69 , that is, in the posterior to anterior orientation, and various configurations of an anterior spacer 55 can be provided which can be used to modify the amount of toe spring 62 and the overall conformance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22, as desired.
  • Figure 9 is a bottom view of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 3, with the anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 removed to reveal the anterior spring element 48, posterior spring element 49, and inferior spring element 50.
  • the flexural axis 59 of inferior spring element 50 is deviated approximately 35 degrees from the transverse axis 91. This configuration can be advantageous for use by distance runners who tend to pronate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle.
  • a portion of the inferior spring element 50 is shown broken away to reveal the optional use of a posterior spacer 42 which can serve a role in functional relation to the inferior spring element 50 and the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 analogous to that of the anterior spacer 55 which can be used as between the anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49.
  • a posterior spacer 42 can also have a wedge or complex curved shape along the longitudinal axis 69, that is, in the posterior to anterior orientation, and various configurations of a posterior spacer 42 can be provided which can be used to modify the overall conformance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22, as desired.
  • Figure 10 is a bottom view of an alternate article of footwear 22 with the anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 removed to reveal anterior spring element 48, posterior spring element 49 and an alternate configuration of inferior spring element 50.
  • the flexural axis 59 of inferior spring element 50 is deviated approximately 20 degrees from the transverse axis 91. This configuration can be advantageous for use by walkers, or by runners who tend to supinate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle.
  • anterior spring element 48, posterior spring element 49, and inferior spring element 50 are shown affixed together in an overlapping relationship in Figures 9 and 10.
  • various components of a spring element 51 can be affixed in function relation with the use of adhesives, mating male and female parts such as tongue and groove, or other configurations and devices known in the prior art .
  • notches 71 or openings 72 in order to diminish the stiffness in bending or flexural modulus exhibited by a portion of spring element 51, and two substantially transverse lines of flexion 54 is also shown in Figure 10. Shown with a dashed line 90 in Figure 10, and also in medial side view in Figure 14, is the possible inclusion of a rocker 87 configuration in the forefoot area 58 of the sole 32 an article of footwear 22. It can be advantageous for the point of greatest elevation of the rocker 87 to be located approximately in the range between 1-4 cm posterior of the metatarsal- phalangeal joints.
  • first metatarsal-phalangeal joint 88 on the medial side 35 of an average wearer's foot is normally at slightly less than seventy percent of foot length
  • location of the fifth metatarsal-phalangeal joint 89 on the lateral side 36 is normally at slightly greater than sixty percent of foot length as measured from the posterior side 34 of the wearer's foot.
  • a rocker 87 can be positioned in the range between 1-4 cm behind a generally transverse and slightly diagonal line which can be drawn as between these two approximate positions for any given size article of footwear.
  • Figure 11 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 1, with parts broken away, but having a forefoot area 58 without substantial toe spring 62.
  • This particular article of footwear 22 can be suitable for use in activities such as tennis, volleyball, or basketball.
  • Figure 12 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 11, with parts broken away, having a forefoot area 58 without substantial toe spring 62, but including an anterior outsole element 44, foam midsole 26, and upper 23 which are affixed together with the use of adhesives.
  • Figure 13 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 12, with parts broken away, having a forefoot area 58 without substantial toe spring 62, but including a detachable anterior outsole element 44 and foam midsole 26.
  • Figure 14 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 similar to that shown in Figure 4, further including a spring guard 40.
  • the spring guard 40 can be made of a relatively soft resilient material such as a foam material, or a natural or synthetic rubber.
  • the spring guard 40 can prevent foreign matter from becoming lodged in the area proximate the junction of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50, thus can prevent damage to, spring element 51.
  • the spring guard 40 can be affixed to the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49, or to the inferior spring element 50, or to both portions of the spring element 51. Alternately, the spring guard 40 can form a portion and extension of posterior spacer 42, as shown in Figure 18.
  • the spring guard 40 can also serve as a vibration decay time modifier 41, as shown in Figure 20.
  • Figure 14 Also shown in Figure 14 is the approximate position of the first metatarsal- phalangeal joint 88 on the medial side 35, and a sole 32 or outsole 43 including a rocker 87 configuration in,, the forefoot area 58.
  • the rocker 87 configuration can be formed and substantially consist of a portion of the sole 32 or outsole 43, or alternately, the rocker 87 configuration can be formed at least in part by an inferiorly protruding portion of the lasting board 79 or spring element 51, and in particular, the anterior spring element 48.
  • Figure 15 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having a upper 23 including a sleeve 39 for accommodating the superior spring element 47.
  • the sleeve 39 can be formed in a portion of the upper 23 inferior to the insole 31, and can possibly consist of portion of the t-sock 56.
  • the spring element 51 can include an inferior spring. element 50, and a superior spring element 47 that can include an anterior spring element 48 and a posterior . spring element 49.
  • the superior ⁇ spring element 47 can be positioned within sleeve 39, thus at least partially retaining the superior spring element 47 in functional relation to the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22.
  • an alternate inferior spring element 50.1 is shown in Figure 15.
  • the . alternate inferior spring element 50.1 descends from proximate the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring ⁇ ' element 49 and attains maximum separation therefrom.
  • the inferior spring element 50.1 can then possibly extend posteriorly in a parallel relationship with respect to the overlaying superior spring element 47.
  • the inferior spring element 50.1 then recurves or curls up slightly as the inferior spring element 50.1 extends towards the posterior side 34 of the article of footwear 22.
  • the inferior spring element 50.1 curls up slightly in the range between approximately 5-15 degrees as it extends towards the posteridr side 34 and lateral side 36 ⁇ corner of the sole 32 [of the article of footwear 22.
  • Figure 16 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away.
  • this,, alternate embodiment does not include an additional covering such as a coating, textile, or outsole 43 on the inferior side of the upper 23, as shown in Figure 4. Accordingly, the inferior side of the upper 23 is in direct contact With the superior side of the backing 30 of the outsole 43, that is, anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 when the article of footwear 22 'is assembled.
  • tl/e backing 30 of an outsole 43 can be made of a material having sufficient flexural modulus and j/e ⁇ silience as to simultaneously serve as a spring element of the article of footwear, as shown in Figur.e l ⁇ • Accordingly, the anterior- spring element can Consist of two portions, anterior spring element 48, and anterior spring element 48.1, which also serves as the backing 30 of anterior outsole element 4 -
  • the inferior sprin element 50 extends posteriorly in a substantially parallel relationship with respect to the corresponding overlaying portion of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49. Accordingly, after descending from proximate .the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element ,49 and establishing the desired amount of separation the inferior spring element 50 ' does not recurve or curl back upwards as it extends .towards the posterior side 34 of the article of- footwear 22... Instefid7 ⁇ " i-t is .known in prior art articles of footwear, and can also be advantageous in the present .
  • the configuration of the article of footwear 22, e.g., the amount of toe spring 62 and the aforementioned slope of the superior spring element 47 can influence or determine the amount of slope which is advantageous to incorporate in this portion of the outsole 43.
  • Figure 17 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, having a upper 23 affixed to superior spring element 47, with parts broken away.
  • the upper 23 is affixed to the top or superior surface of superior spring element 47, thus the superior spring element 47 can be exposed on its bottom or inferior surface. Accordingly, the superior surface of the outsole 43 portions including backing 30 can be placed in direct contact with the superior spring element 47 when they are affixed into position.
  • Figure 18 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 similar to that shown in
  • a posterior spacer 42 can include a spring guard 40.
  • a spring guard 40 can further include a vibration decay time modifier 41.
  • the posterior spacer 42 can serve to at least partially isolate the superior spring element 47, upper 23 and wearer from the transmission of shock and vibration which could be imparted by the inferior spring element 50 and posterior outsole element 46 caused by an impact event.
  • a posterior spacer 42 can serve a purpose analogous to that of anterior spacer 55, and vice-versa. Accordingly, a posterior spacer 42 can consist of a cushioning medium having desired spring and dampening characteristics. The posterior spacer 42 can be inserted between the inferior spring element 50 and posterior spring element 49, that is, within an area of possible overlap as. between the two components. The configuration and stiffness of a posterior spacer 42 can be used to modify the overall configuration and performance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22. In this regard, a posterior spacer 42 can have uniform height, or alternately a posterior spacer 42 can have varied height. Further, a .
  • posterior spacer 42 can exhibit uniform compressive, flexural, or torsional stiffness throughout, , or alternately can exhibit different properties in different locations. These varied characteristics of a posterior spacer '42 can be used to enhaj ⁇ pe the cushioning and / of: stability of an article of footwear 22 for-aa unique individual wearer, or for a target population of wearers.
  • a posterior spacer 42 having an inclined or wedge shape can be used to decrease the rate and magnitude of pronation, supination, inward or outward rotation of portions- of a wearer's foot during phases of the walking or running gait cycle, and can also possibly correct for anatomical conditions, such as varus or valgus.
  • anatomical conditions such as varus or valgus.
  • a posterior spacer 42 having an inclined wedge snape that .increases in height from the lateral to the medial side, or a -posterior spacer 42 which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the medial side can be used, to reduce the magnitude and rate of rearfoot pronation
  • a posterior spacer 42 having an inclined wedge shape that increases in height from the medial to the lateral side, or a posterior spacer 42 which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the lateral side can be used to reduce the magnitude and rate of rearfoot supination.
  • an anterior spacer 55 positioned between anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49, and.a posterior spacer, 42 positioned between the superior—spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 ana the inferior spring, element 50 that the configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot area '58, midfoot area 67, and rearfoot area 68 of an 'article of footwear 22 can be adjusted an customised as cfeslred by an individual nearer.
  • the use of an anterior spacer 55 and / or posterior spacer 42 having a select configuration can be used to adjust the amount of support provided by a superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 which can possibly further include contours for. mating with the complex curved shapes of a wearer.' s foot. For example, it is possible to customize the amount of support that is provided to the medial longitudinal, lateral longitudinal and transverse arches, and to the sides of a wearer's foot.
  • Figure 19 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 having a posterior spacer 22 including a spring guard 40, and also a vibration decay time modifier 41 having a stem 64 and a head 65.
  • the vibration decay time modifier 41 can be affixed in function relation to a portion of spring element 51, and in particular, a portion of an inferior spring element 50.
  • the head 65 of the vibration decay time modifier 41 can be dimensioned and configured for vibration substantially free of contact with a spring element 51 in directions which substantially encompass a 360 degree arc and normal to the longitudinal axis of the stem 64, that is, when the vibration decay time modifier 41 is initially excited by shock and vibration.
  • a vibration decay time modifier 41 can also serve as a stop and prevent any possible impact between these elements.
  • the inclusion of a posterior spacer 42 and / or a vibration decay time modifier 41 can partially attenuate shock and vibration associated with impact events associated with movements such as walking or running, and can reduce the vibration decay time following an impact event. This can serve to enhance comfort, proprioception, reduce local trauma, and possibly solicit greater application of force and improved athletic performance. Generally, the efficiency of a vibration decay time modifier will be enhanced the closer it is positioned in functional relation to a negative nodal point .
  • a negative nodal point is a point at which a substantial portion of the vibration energy in an excited object or implement will pass when it is excited by energy associated with an impact or other vibration producing event. Discussion of modes of vibration and negative nodal points can be found in Arthur H. Benade, Fundamentals of Musical Acoustics, 2nd edition, New York: Dover Publications, 1990, Harry F. Olson, Music, Physics and Engineering, 2nd edition, New York: Dover Publications, 1967, and U.S. Patent 3,941,380 granted to Francois Rene Lacoste on March 2, 1976, this patent hereby being incorporated by reference herein.
  • SIMS SHOCK RELIEF ® golf club line, and LIMBSAVER ® product for archery substantially eliminate the vibration and stinging associated with impact events experienced by a wielder's hands.
  • Certain aspects of the aforementioned teachings can be applied in the present invention in order to accomplish a similar results with regards to an article of footwear 22 and the lower extremities of a wearer.
  • the source of shock and vibration can derive from a relatively controlled and harmonic movement, such as when a wearer repeatedly impacts the pavement while running in an article of footwear 22. Further, the source of shock and vibration can be random in nature, as when a wearer rides a wheeled vehicle such as a bicycle or motorcycle over rough terrain. Alternately, the source of shock and vibration can be constant and mechanically driven as when a wearer rides a bicycle, or a motor vehicle such as a motorcycle or snowmobile.
  • a shock wave that is, a shock pulse or discontinuity can travel at the speed of sound in a given medium. In the human body, the speed of sound in bone is approximately 3,200 meters / second, and in soft tissue approximately 1,600 meters / second.
  • a shock wave traveling in a relatively dense fluid medium such as water has approximately five times the power that it does in a less dense fluid medium such as air. It is important to recognize that the human body is largely comprised of water and like fluid medium.
  • the bell When a metal bell is struck, the bell will resonate and continue to ring for an extended time while the vibration energy is gradually dampened out.
  • the primary dampening means for attenuating the resulting shock and vibration is the anatomy of the human subject. The same thing can happen when an impact event takes place as between an individual's foot and the materials which are used in an athletic shoe, and a running surface .
  • the sound of the impact event that one hears is the audible portion of the shock wave that has been generated as result of the impact .
  • Many individuals know from experience that a vibrating implement or object can numb the hands.
  • the preferred article of footwear includes spring and dampening means for at least partially attenuating shock and vibration, that is, the initial shock pulse, pressure wave, or discontinuity and associated peak g's that are imparted to a wearer due to an impact event .
  • shock and vibration At a cellular or molecular level, such vibration energy is believed to disturb normal functions such as blood flow in tendon tissue.
  • an article of footwear of the present invention can partially attenuate shock and vibration. Viscous, friction, and mechanical dampening means can be used to attain this end.
  • the mean power frequency associated with the rearfoot impact event in running generally corresponds to 20 Herz, and that of the forefoot to 5 Herz .
  • the design and configuration, as well as the spring and dampening characteristics of a spring element 51, posterior spacer 42, and vibration decay time modifier 41 can be engineered so as to target these frequencies and provide a specific characteristic tuned mechanical response.
  • An anterior spacer 55, posterior spacer 42, and vibration decay time modifier 41 can be made of a cushioning medium such as a natural or synthetic rubber material, or a resilient elastomer such as polyurethane.
  • a cushioning medium such as a natural or synthetic rubber material, or a resilient elastomer such as polyurethane.
  • thermoset or thermoplastic materials can be used. Thermoplastic materials can be less expensive to produce as they can be readily injection molded. In contrast, thermoset materials- are often compression molded using a relatively time and energy consuming vulcanization process. However, some thermoset materials can possess superior dampening properties and durability. Dampening materials which can be cured with the use of ultrasonic energy, microwave, visible or ultraviolet light, radio frequency, or other portions of the electromagnetic spectrum can be used.
  • Room temperature cure elastomers such as moisture or evaporation cure, or catalytic cure resilient materials can also be used.
  • a suitable dampening material can be made of a butyl, chloroprene, polynorborene , neoprene, or silicone rubber, and the like.
  • a dampening material can be made of an elastomeric material such as polyurethane, or SORBOTHANE ® .
  • Suitable hybrid thermoplastic and rubber combinations can also be used, including dynamically vulcanized alloys which can be injection molded such as those produced by Advanced Elastomer Systems, 338 Main Street, Akron, Ohio 44311, e.g., SANTOPRENE ® , VYRAM ® , GEOLAST ® , and TREFSIN ® .
  • SANTOPRENE ® is known to consist of a combination of butyl rubber and ethylene-propylene .
  • other materials developed for use in the audio industry for dampening vibration such as EAR ISODAMP ® , SINATRA ® , EYDEX ® , and the like, or combinations thereof, can be used.
  • Fillers such as organic or inorganic microspheres, carbon black or other conventional fillers can be used.
  • Plasticizing agents such as fluids or oils can be used to modify the physical and mechanical properties of the dampening material in a desired manner.
  • the preferred dampening material has transition characteristics suitable for the expected operational temperature of an article of footwear 22, and other physical and mechanical properties well suited to dampen shock and vibration and reduce vibration decay time .
  • the dampening material used to make a solitary vibration decay time modifier 41 including a stem 64 and a head 65 have a hardness in the range of 10-30 durometer, and preferably approximately 20 durometer on the Shore A scale.
  • a relatively soft dampening material is capable a dampening a wide range of exciting vibration frequencies, and also relatively low vibration frequencies.
  • a harder dampening material having greater shear and tear strength can sometimes be advantageous for use when making an anterior spacer 55 or posterior spacer 42 due to the magnitude of the loads which can be placed upon these components during use.
  • a vibration decay time modifier 41 can be affixed to spring element 51 by conventional means such as adhesive, mechanically mating parts, chemical bonding, heat and pressure welding, radio frequency welding, compression molding, injection molding, photocuring, and the like .
  • the shock and vibration generated proximate the inferior ground engaging surface 53 of the outsole 43 must travel anteriorly along the outsole 43 and inferior spring element 50 before being transmitted to the superior spring element 47, upper 23 and wearer, thus for a greater distance relative to a conventional article of footwear. This affords more time and space in which to attenuate and dampen shock and vibration.
  • the outsole 43 can be made of a softer material having better shock and vibration dampening characteristics than is normally the case in a conventional article of footwear.
  • a posterior spacer 42 can serve as a shock and vibration isolator between the inferior spring element 50 and the superior spring element 47, upper 23, and wearer's foot.
  • FIG. 20 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 including a posterior spacer 42 similar to that shown in Figure 18.
  • a posterior spacer 42 can include a spring guard 40 and at least one protrusion which can be configured and engineered to serve as a vibration decay time modifier 41.
  • Figure 21 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 1, but having various components including the upper 23, spring element 51, and outsole 43 affixed together with the use of adhesives in the manner of a conventional article of footwear.
  • Figure 22 is a bottom view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 3, having a spring element 51 configured for accommodating a detachable bicycle cleat 73.
  • the article of footwear 22 can then serve as bicycling shoe, and possibly also as a functional upper 23 for an in-line skate, as taught in the applicant's co-pending U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 09/228,206 entitled "Wheeled Skate With Step- in Binding And Brakes," hereby incorporated by reference herein.
  • flexural axis 59 Also shown in Figure 22 is flexural axis 59, and with the use of a dashed line, an alternate position of flexural axis 59.1 with reference to the longitudinal axis 69. It can be readily understood that other more anterior or more posterior positions of a flexural axis 59 with reference to the longitudinal axis 69 are possible.
  • the position of the flexural axis 59 can be selected in order to influence or determine the physical and mechanical properties of a spring element 51, and the overall conformance and performance of an article of footwear 22, as desired.
  • the posterior position of the flexural axis 59 on the medial side 35 be positioned approximately in the preferred range between 1-3 inches or 25.4-76.2 mm, and in particular, approximately in the range between 1.5-2.5 inches or 38.1-63.5 mm from the posterior side 34 of the upper 23 in a men's size 11.5 article of footwear 22.
  • the method of grading and scaling various footwear components for other men's or women's sizes is well known in the footwear industry, thus the preferred range as concerns the position of the flexural axis 59 on the medial side 32 can be determined from this information for any given size article of footwear 22.
  • Figure 23 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 17, but having the anterior outsole element 44, posterior outsole element 46, and inferior spring element 50 removed, and further including track spike elements 66.
  • This embodiment can facilitate enhanced athletic performance and can be used by track and field athletes in the sprinting and jumping events.
  • the spring element 51 can extend upwards about the area of the heel to form an integral heel counter 24, as shown in Figure 23.
  • the spring element 51 can extend upwards about the lateral side 36 of the forefoot area 58 to form a side support 74, as shown with dashed lines in Figure 23.
  • FIG. 24 is a cross sectional view of the anterior spacer 55 included in the article of ⁇ footwear 22 shown in Figure 8, taken along line 24- 24. As shown in Figure 24, the anterior spacer 55 has a uniform elevation.
  • Figure 25 is a cross sectional view of an alternate anterior spacer 55.1 generally similar to that shown in Figure 8, but having a wedge shape 28, taken along a line consistent with line 24-24. As shown in Figure 25, the anterior spacer 55.1 has a wedge shape 28 which slopes upward from the lateral side 36 to the medial side 35.
  • Figure 26 is a cross sectional view of the posterior spacer 42 included in the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 9, taken along line 26- 26. As shown in Figure 26, the posterior spacer 42 has a uniform elevation.
  • Figure 27 is a cross sectional view of an alternate posterior spacer generally similar to that shown in Figure 9, but having a wedge shape, taken along a line consistent with line 26-26.
  • the posterior spacer 42.1 has a wedge shape 28 which slopes upward from the lateral side 36 to the medial side 35.
  • Figures 24-27 have been provided to illustrate a few of the possible configurations of an anterior spacer 55 and posterior spacer 22, and other variations are both possible and anticipated.
  • the configuration and slope of the wedge shapes 28 can be the opposite of that represented, and the anterior spacer 55 and / or posterior spacer 22 can slope upwards from the medial side 35 to the lateral side 36.
  • the anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer 22 can have more complex or compound curved shapes.
  • the amount of elevation and/or degree of slope of the anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer 42 can be varied.
  • the compressive, flexural and torsional stiffness of different anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer 42 can also be varied.
  • an anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer can be made to exhibit differential stiffness in different portions.
  • an anterior spacer 55 or posterior spacer 42 can also have a wedge or complex curved shape along the longitudinal axis 69, that is, in the posterior to anterior orientation, and various configurations can be provided which can be used to modify the overall conformance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22, as desired. Accordingly, many variables can be manipulated and selected to optimize the configuration and performance of a preferred article of footwear for an individual wearer, or for a given target population having similar characteristics and requirements.
  • Figure 28 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 having a different configuration of a spring element 51, with parts broken away.
  • the anterior spring element 48 and inferior spring element 50 can be affixed in functional relation with the use of mechanical means such as fasteners 29, and the like, or alternately be formed as a single component identified herein as anterior and inferior spring element 75.
  • the anterior portion of the spring element 51 can pass through a slit in the t-sock 56 or upper 23 and then be affixed with fasteners 29 to outsole 43, thereby firmly securing the upper 23 in functional relation thereto.
  • the posterior spring element 49 can be affixed to the posterior portion of the spring element 51 with fasteners 29, and a posterior spacer 42 can also be inserted therebetween.
  • the posterior spacer 42 be formed as a coating or otherwise consist of a portion of the t-sock 56 or upper 23.
  • the posterior spring element 49 can be made to further include an integral heel counter 24.
  • Figure 29 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 including a lasting board 79, and a selectively removable sole 32.
  • the lasting board 79 can have the approximate configuration of the bottom net of a corresponding last 80 or other hard template, model, or pattern.
  • the lasting board 79 can be made in accordance with a soft model created and maintained in a data storage and retrieval computer environment.
  • the lasting board 79 can be made of wood, cellulose, cardboard, or other natural fiber, reconstituted leather, a textile formed by knitting or weaving, a non-woven textile, a textile formed by stitch bonding, metal such as steel, spring steel, aluminum, or titanium, a thermoplastic material such as nylon, polyester, polypropylene, an elastomer such as polyurethane, thermoplastic rubber or other natural or synthetic rubber, or as preferred and previously discussed in detail, a fiber composite material such as carbon fiber.
  • a lasting board 79 can also comprise at least a portion of a spring element 51, and vice versa.
  • the lasting board 79 can extend from the near the posterior side 34 to near the anterior side 33 of the article of footwear 22, and can be formed in a single part or two parts as shown in Figures 6-8.
  • a lasting board 79 needs to be robust and possess the physical and mechanical properties required to impart and substantially maintain the desired configuration of the upper 23 while at the same time meeting the various other functional performance requirements of the article of footwear 22.
  • the sole 32 can include separate midsole 26 and outsole 43 components, or can be made as a single component. Various sole 32 components can be made having different physical and mechanical characteristics, and performance capabilities for possible selection and use by a wearer. The sole 32 can be selectively removed and replaced by a wearer in order to customize the article of footwear 22, or to renew a component, as desired.
  • a lasting board 79 can simultaneously consist and serve as a spring element 51, and vice-versa. As shown in Figure 29, the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 does not include an inferior spring element 50, rather the spring element 51 consists of a superior spring element 47, or an anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 which are affixed in functional relation.
  • Figure 30 shows a bottom view of an alternate article of footwear 22 having an anterior lasting board 79 positioned in the forefoot area 58. Also shown is a portion of the inferior side 38 of the upper 23 including a plurality openings 72 which can be made to register with corresponding openings 72 in an anterior lasting board 79, thus enabling the use of a plurality of fasteners 29 to affix the upper 23 in functional relation to the anterior lasting board 79, and a sole 32 which can possibly include a midsole 26 and outsole 43, or merely an outsole 43.
  • the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 30 also consists of a slip-lasted construction in the forefoot area 58 including a t-sock 56 to which the upper 23 is affixed by stitching or adhesive, or other conventional means.
  • the t-sock 56 can consist of a substantially non-stretchlastic textile material, but preferably consists of a stretchlastic textile material.
  • the t-sock 56 can be made of cellulose, paper, cardboard, or other natural fiber, reconstituted leather, a textile formed by knitting or weaving, a non-woven textile, a textile formed by stitch bonding, a thin film or sheet consisting of thermoplastic material such as nylon, polyester, polypropylene, and the like, an elastomer such as polyurethane, thermoplastic rubber or other natural or synthetic rubber.
  • the upper 23 can consist of a different type of slip lasted construction, a moccasin construction, a string lasted construction, or other conventional -footwear construction known in the art.
  • the article of footwear 22 can include a sole 32 in the midfoot area 67 and rearfoot area 68 which is affixed to the upper 23 in a conventional manner with the use of adhesives.
  • the sole 32 can be affixed to a full length lasting board 79, or a posterior lasting board 79 with the use of fasteners 29.
  • different lasting boards 79 having different configurations possibly including different lengths, foot shapes, and widths can be used with a given upper 23 in order to customize the fit of an article of footwear 22 for a unique individual or target population.
  • a plurality of lasting boards 79 can be developed for use with different target populations consisting of individuals having generally similar anatomical characteristics and foot dimensions.
  • different uppers 23 having different configurations possibly including different lengths, widths, and foot shapes can be used with a given lasting board 79 in order to customize the fit of an article of footwear 22 for a unique individual or target population.
  • a plurality of uppers 23 can be developed for use with different target populations consisting of individuals having generally similar anatomical characteristics and foot dimensions .
  • Figure 31 shows a bottom view of the inferior side 38 of the upper 23 of an article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 30, but including two alternate openings 72 at a plurality of different positions at which a fastener 29 can be used.
  • a change in length by one size corresponds to 1/3 inch, and changes in width as between respective sizes A, B, C, D, and E are associated with increments of 1/4 inch. Further, the increments in length and width associated with other sizing systems are also known.
  • the article of footwear 22 Given an upper 23 having two alternate openings 72 that are separated by 1/4 inch for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used, and in particular, about the forefoot area 58, it is possible for the article of footwear 22 to provide three possible options such as width sizes B, C, and D. For example, if the openings 72 closest to the lateral side 23 and medial side 22 are associated with an article of footwear 22 having a B width, then increasing the width of the upper 23 by moving the adjacent opening 72 on one side or the other to that position will provide a C width, and moving the other adjacent opening 72 on the opposite side in like manner will provide a D width. It is generally advantageous to configure an upper 23 having only two alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used in accordance with the width sizing model shown in Figure 32.
  • Figure 32 shows an article of footwear 22 which is adjustable along the entire length of the upper 23 including the forefoot area 58, midfoot area 67, and rearfoot area 68 having two alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used, and the possible use of local reinforcement material 81 in the area about the openings 72.
  • the reinforcement material 81 can be made of tape, textile, plastic, natural or synthetic rubber, natural or synthetic leather, metal, or other robust material which serves to enhance the strength of the upper 23.
  • the reinforcement material 81 can also be tactified, or otherwise possess relatively high static and dynamic coefficients of friction, and can possibly include a self-adhesive material 83.
  • the self- adhesive material 83 have a repeatable or renewable adhesion and release capability such as that provided or illustrated by stick-it notes. Also shown is the use of a t-sock 56 made of stretchlastic material that has greater than 100% elongation which can easily accommodate the possible 1/2 inch width expansion of the upper 23.
  • Figure 33 shows a bottom view of the inferior side 38 of the upper 23 of an article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figures 30 and 31, but including three alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used.
  • a change in length by one size corresponds to 1/3 inch, and changes in width as between respective sizes A, B, C, D, and E are associated with increments of 1/4 inch. Further, the increments in length and width associated with other sizing systems are also known.
  • the article of footwear 22 Given an upper 23 having three alternate openings 72 that are separated by 1/4 inch for possible use at each fastener 29 position, and in particular, about the forefoot area 58, it is possible for the article of footwear 22 to provide five possible width size options such as width sizes A, B, C, D, and E. For example, if the openings 72 closest to the lateral side 23 and medial side 22 are associated with an article of footwear 22 having a size A width, then increasing the width of the upper 23 by moving the next adjacent opening 72 on one side or the other to that position will provide a B width, and moving the other adjacent opening 72 on the opposite side will provide a C width, and so on, thus possibly also providing size D and E widths, as desired.
  • FIG. 34 shows an upper 23 having three alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used, and also the possible use of reinforcement material 81 in the area about and between the openings 72.
  • This reinforcement material 81 can be made of tape, textile, plastic, natural or synthetic rubber, natural or synthetic leather, metal, or other robust material that will serve to enhance the strength of the upper 23.
  • the reinforcement material 81 can also be tactified, or otherwise possess a relatively high static and dynamic coefficient of friction, and can possibly include a self-adhesive material 83.
  • the self-adhesive material 83 have a repeatable or renewable adhesion and release capability such as that provided or illustrated by stick-it notes. Also shown is the use of a t-sock 56 made of stretchlastic material that has greater than 100% elongation which can easily accommodate the possible 1 inch width expansion of the upper 23.
  • Figure 35 shows a lasting board 79 for the forefoot area 58 including a plurality of openings 72, or alternately, a plurality of indications with respect to making a plurality of openings 72 for use in the present invention.
  • These openings 72 can provide alternate positions for use in affixing portions of the upper 23 in functional relation to the lasting board 79 with the use of fasteners 29.
  • Also shown is the use of a code for indicating each different position where a fastener 29 can be used, and also the three alternative openings 72 for possible use at each different position. The same code can also be used with corresponding parts of the upper 23 and sole 32.
  • the information and intelligence created from the raw data which has been collected with respect to an individual wearer or target population can indicate the selection of a specific lasting board 79 and also a specific code indicating the openings 72 to be used in order to provide an individual wearer or target population with an optimal or preferred custom fit.
  • various lasting boards 79 having a particular size length, foot shape configuration, and size width can be given numerical and / or alphabetical identification.
  • the various different positions at which a fastener 29 can be used, and in particular, the alternate openings 72 which are present at each different position can be given an alphabetical and / or numerical identification, as shown in Figure 35.
  • the raw data or feedback provided by an individual when transformed into information and intelligence could possibly indicate the selection a lasting board 79 having American length size 11, last or foot shape number 3 from amongst a possible selection of thirty different last or foot shape configurations, and also indicate selection of the following code with respect to utilization of the various different positions and alternate openings 72: Code 1.1/2.2/3.2/4.2/5.2/6.1/7.2/8.2.
  • an different individual could require the same lasting board 79 having American length size 11, last or foot shape number 3, but a different code for optimal utilization of the various different positions and alternate openings 72, e.g., Code 1.2/2.1/3.1/4.2/5.3/6.1/7.2/8.2.
  • a different individual could require a lasting board 79 having a different length and also a different last or foot shape, and the data and preferences of different individuals can also indicate or result in the selection of different uppers 23 having different functions, designs, styles, materials, and sizes.
  • Figure 36 shows an alternate lasting board 79 or spring element 51 for use in the forefoot area 58 of an article of footwear 22.
  • the spring element 51 consists of a posterior spring element 49 and an anterior spring element 48 which includes a longitudinal slit 82 that at least partially separates the medial side 35 from the lateral side 36 and permits somewhat independent articulation and flexion of these two portions. It can be advantageous for the position of the longitudinal slit 82 to coincide with the space between an wearer's first and second toes and corresponding metatarsals, or alternately, with the space between an wearer's second and third toes and corresponding metatarsals.
  • anterior spring element 48 can be varied as between its anterior side and posterior side, but also as between its medial side 35 and lateral side 36.
  • a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 component having a given size length can also sometimes be used with articles of footwear 22 which are in the range between one to three different half sizes longer and shorter.
  • at least one alternate set of openings 72 can be included on the posterior spring element 49 for affixing the posterior spring element 49 in functional relation to the anterior spring element 48.
  • an alternate set of openings 72 can be included on the anterior spring element 48 for the same purpose.
  • length changes of one full size approximately correspond to increments of l/3rd of an inch, and the distances associated with other sizing systems are also known. Accordingly, two sets of alternate openings 72 spaced apart by a distance corresponding to a full size length can sometimes render a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 suitable for use with three or four sizes .
  • Figure 37 shows a different alternate lasting board 79 or spring element 51 including an anterior spring element 48 and a posterior spring element 49.
  • the anterior spring element 48 for use in the forefoot area 58 of an article of footwear 22 consists of two separate parts, that is, a medial anterior spring element 78, and lateral anterior spring element 77. This configuration separates the medial side 35 from the lateral side 36 and permits substantial independent articulation and flexion of these two parts. It can be advantageous for the position of the longitudinal opening 72 between the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 to coincide with the space between an wearer's first and second toes and corresponding metatarsals, or alternately, with the space between an wearer's second and third toes and corresponding metatarsals.
  • the physical and mechanical properties of the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 can be varied as between their respective anterior sides and posterior sides, but also as between their respective medial sides 35 and lateral sides 36. Further, the configuration and also the physical and mechanical properties of the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 can be different from one another. In addition, different medial anterior spring elements 78 and lateral anterior spring elements 77 can be selected for use in an article of footwear 22.
  • FIG. 37 Also shown in Figure 37 is the possible use of a plurality of different alternate openings 72 for affixing the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 in different relative positions.
  • the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 are configured to provide a size B width when the two parts are in a closed position, that is, the two parts are adjacent to one another, then moving one of the parts 1/4 inch will provide a size C width, and moving the other part 1/4 inch will provide a D width, and the two parts will then be separated by 1/2 inch.
  • medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 are configured to provide a size A width when the two parts are in a closed position, that is, the two parts are adjacent to one another, then moving one of the parts 1/4 inch will provide a size B width, and moving the other part 1/4 inch will provide a C width, and so on, such that when providing an E width the »two parts will be separated by one inch.
  • the position of any potential openings 72 corresponding to half or whole size increments associated with a given sizing system which are to be made in portions of a lasting board 79, spring element 51, upper 23, or sole 32, can be indicated upon any or all of the components, or alternately, the various openings 72 can be made in stock parts intended for future use.
  • Figure 38 is a transverse and exploded cross- sectional view taken along line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 having male mechanical engagement means affixed thereto, and also an upper 23, insole 31, sole 32, and female mechanical engagement means for engaging in functional relation with the male mechanical engagement means .
  • the male and female mechanical engagement means can consist of fasteners 29 have a male part 85 and a female part 86. Alternately, the male part 85 can be affixed to the sole 32, or the fasteners 29 can consist of loose parts.
  • a fastener 29 can include a male part 85 or female part 86 which is affixed within the sole 32, and the corresponding mating part can be inserted and affixed in functional relation from the superior side within the defined space of the upper 23 of an article of footwear 22, as shown on the right in Figure 43.
  • the fasterners 29 can include a resilient material suitable for use on the sole 32 or outsole 43 such that the fasteners 29 are hardly visible and their use does not appreciably degrade the cushioning or traction provided by the sole 32 or outsole 43.
  • a fastener 29 including a resilient material or other material can project from the surface of the sole and form a traction member, lug, or cleat, as shown in Figure 23.
  • Figure 39 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing an insole 31 overlapping the superior side
  • the insole 31 can include a stock fit recess 84 for receiving the lasting board 79 or spring element 51.
  • the insole 31 can be affixed by adhesive or overmolded to the lasting board 79 or spring element 51. Alternately, a portion of the insole 31 can be trapped between the inferior side 38 of the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 and the upper 23 when the article of footwear 32 is assembled, as shown in Figure 39. This configuration can also serve to protect and cushion the edges of the lasting board 79 or spring element 51.
  • Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a portion of the sole 32 or outsole 43 overlapping the inferior side 38, medial side 35, lateral side 36, and a portion to the superior side 37 of a lasting board 79 or spring element 51.
  • This configuration serves to cover and protect the sides of the spring element 51.
  • the spring element 51 and outsole 43 can be affixed to the upper 23 using a separate lasting board 79 positioned within the upper 23 and secured with fasteners 29.
  • a backing 30 can be used and take the position of the spring element 51, and the spring element 51 can be used and take the position of the lasting board 79, that is, the spring element 51 can simultaneously serve as the lasting board 79, as previously discussed.
  • Figure 41 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a separate lasting board 79 and a spring element 51, and also an upper 23, insole 31, and outsole 43.
  • the outsole 43 can cover, be affixed, bonded, or over-molded to the spring element 51.
  • the spring element 51 can be completely covered by the outsole 43 on the inferior side 38, or alternately, portions of the spring element 51 can be visible and exposed.
  • Figure 42 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in
  • Figure 16 of an article of footwear 22 showing a sole 32 or outsole 43 that is directly affixed and integral to the upper 23, and also a lasting board 79 or spring element 51, and an insole 31.
  • the upper 23 can be made at least in part of a synthetic textile or leather made of a thermoplastic material
  • the sole 32 can be made of the same type of thermoplastic material, or alternately, a different material which can be bonded to the upper 23.
  • a polyurethane material can be used for this purpose.
  • the sole 32 can be affixed or overmolded onto the upper 23 by direct injection method.
  • FIG. 43 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken along a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a sole 32 directly affixed to an upper 23, an insole 31, and also a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 located within a recess 84.
  • the contours associated with the recess 84 can provide a mechanical interlock between the upper 23, spring element 51, and backing 30 of the sole 32 or outsole 43.
  • the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 does not extend to the perimeter of the upper 23 or sole 32, and this can reduce the stiffness exhibited at the perimeter or edge of the sole 32, as discussed in U.S. Patent 5,921,004 granted to the present inventor, and assigned to NIKE, Inc, hereby incorporated by reference herein. It can be advantageous in an article of footwear 22 intended for use in running to extend the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 to the perimeter or edge of the sole 32 in those areas which are shown in dark shading in Figure 24 of U.S. 5,921,004, but not to the perimeter or edge of the sole 32 in those areas which are not shaded.
  • a fastener 29 can include a male part 85 or female part 86 which is affixed within the sole 32, and the corresponding mating part can be inserted and affixed in functional relation from the superior side within the defined space of the upper 23 of an article of footwear 22.
  • Figure 44 is a medial side view of an article of footwear 22 comprising a sandal which includes a spring element 51.
  • a spring element 51 can include an anterior spring element 48, a posterior spring element 49, and an inferior spring element 50 affixed together in functional relation.
  • a sandal according to the present invention can be designed for high fashion, or alternately, for hiking and recreational use, as shown in Figure 44.
  • the various components of a sandal can be affixed together with adhesive, or alternately, can be selectively and removably replaced with the use of mechanical engagement means including but not limited to fasteners 29, and the like.
  • the present invention teaches and makes possible not only a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, but also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business.
  • the configuration and dimensions of a given wearer' s foot and any other special needs and requirements or wearer preferences can be recorded by direct observation and measurement in a retail or medical setting, or by a wearer or other individual at their home or other remote site, and this data can be used to generate information and intelligence relating to the manufacture of an appropriate custom article of footwear for the wearer and intended end use.
  • This information and intelligence relating to an individual wearer or target population can include a so-called soft model that is created and maintained in data storage and retrieval computer environment for present and future use.
  • Conventional measuring or reproduction means including but not limited to rulers, measuring tapes, Brannock devices, two or three dimensional scanners, pressure sensors, infrared thermography, stereolithography, paper, photographs, photocopies, cameras, images, tracings, video, telephone, television, FAX, computers, software, and computer screens, e-mail, lasts, lasting boards, templates, molds, models, and patterns can be used, and the like .
  • a worker and / or automated system possibly including robotics can manufacture or assemble a customized article of footwear within thirty minutes, and perhaps even less than five minutes. For example, selections can be made from a ready stock of different uppers 23, lasting boards 79, spring elements 51, insoles 31, and sole 32 components having different configurations and dimensions corresponding to a selected size length article of footwear 22, and the customized article of footwear 22 then be rapidly manufactured or assembled, as desired. This can be performed at the point of purchase or service center which can be located in a retail store, medical facility, or at a remote manufacturing facility. Accordingly, similar to the rapid delivery eyewear retail stores and service centers which presently exist, a consumer can now also be provided with a custom article of footwear within minutes.
  • a method of making an article of footwear can include the following steps, or their equivalent: a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot; b) Creating information and intelligence for selecting and making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Selecting a foot length; d) Selecting a last bottom configuration; e) Selecting a foot width; f) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; g) Selecting an upper, outsole, and lasting board which can be affixed together in functional relation to provide the foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions; and, h) Removably affixing the upper, outsole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means .
  • a custom article of footwear can be made and delivered to the wearer or consumer at their home or other designated address within a selected number of working days .
  • the custom article of footwear could be caused to be delivered by same day or overnight service, as desired. Accordingly, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business.
  • a method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear can include the following steps, or their equivalent: a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of a wearer's foot, and initiating or completing a financial transaction, thus selling an article of footwear; b) Creating information and intelligence for making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Providing the information and intelligence to a physical location at which the article of footwear can be made ; d) Selecting a foot length; e) Selecting a last bottom configuration; f) Selecting a foot width; g) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions ; h) Selecting an upper, sole, and lasting board which can be removably affixed together in functional relation to provide the foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions at the plurality of positions; i) Removably affixing the upper, sole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of

Abstract

The present application teaches a device and method for adjusting the width, girth, and foot shape of an article of footwear (22). Lasting boards (79) having different configurations and alternate positions for selectively affixing various portions of an upper (23) can be used to adjust and customize the fit of an article of footwear (22) for an individual wearer. The lasting board (79) can also comprise a spring element (51) which can provide improved cushioning, stability, running economy, and a long service life. Unlike the conventional use of foam materials presently, the spring element (51) is not substantially subject to compression set degradation and instead can provide a relatively long service life. The components of the article of footwear (22) can be selected from a range of options, and can be easily removed and replaced, as desired. Further, the relative configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot (58), midfoot (67) and rearfoot (68) areas of article footwear (22) can be readily modified and adjusted. Accordingly, the article of footwear (22) can be customized for a select target population to optimize desired performance criteria. The present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing an article of footwear (22), and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business.

Description

CUSTOMIZED ARTICLE OF FOOTWEAR AND METHOD OF CONDUCTING RETAIL AND INTERNET BUSINESS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention teaches an article of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth. Further, the present invention teaches an article of footwear including a spring element, and selectively removable and renewable components. Moreover, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The present invention teaches an article of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth. Lasting boards having different configurations and alternate positions for selectively affixing various portions of an upper can be used to adjust and customize the fit of an article of footwear for an individual wearer. The lasting board can also comprise a spring element which can provide improved cushioning, stability, running economy, and a long service life. Unlike the conventional foam materials presently being used by the footwear industry, the spring element is not substantially subject to compression set degradation
and can provide a relatively long service life. The components of the article of footwear including the upper, insole, lasting board or spring element, and sole including possible midsole and outsole portions can be selected from a range of options, and can be easily removed and replaced, as desired. Further, the relative configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot, midfoot and rearfoot areas of the article of footwear can be readily modified and adjusted. Accordingly, the article of footwear can be customized by a wearer or specially configured for a select target population in order to optimize desired performance criteria. Moreover, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing an article of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business .
Conventional athletic footwear typically include an outsole made of a rubber compound which is affixed by adhesive to a midsole made of ethylene vinyl acetate or polyurethane foam material which is in turn affixed by adhesive to an upper which is constructed with the use of stitching and adhesives. Because of the difficulty, time, and expense associated with renewing any portion of conventional articles of footwear, the vast majority are generally discarded at the end of their service life. This service life can be characterized as having a short duration when the wearer frequently engages in athletic activity such as distance running or tennis. In tennis, portions of the outsole can be substantially abraded within a few hours, and in distance running the foam midsole can become compacted and degrade by taking a compression set within one hundred miles of use . The resulting deformation of the foam midsole can degrade cushioning, footwear stability, and contribute to athletic injuries . Accordingly, many competitive distance runners who routinely cover one hundred miles in a week' s time will discard their athletic footwear after logging three hundred miles in order to avoid possible injury. Even though the service life of conventional athletic footwear is relatively short , the price of athletic footwear has steadily increased over the last three decades , and some models now bear retail prices over one hundred and twenty dollars . However, some of this increase in retail prices has been design and fashion driven as opposed to reflecting actual value added, thus some individuals believe that the best values on functional athletic footwear can be found in the price range of f ifty to eighty dollars . In any case , conventional athletic footwear remain disposable commodities and few are being recycled . The method of manufacture and disposal of conventional athletic footwear is therefore relatively inefficient and not environmentally friendly .
In contrast with conventional athletic footwear, the present invention teaches an article of footwear that includes spring elements which do not take a compression set or similarly degrade, thus the physical and mechanical properties afforded by a preferred article of footwear remain substantially the same over a useful service life which can be several times longer than that of conventional articles of footwear. The present invention teaches an article of footwear which represents an investment, as opposed to a disposable commodity.
Like an automobile, the preferred article of footwear includes components which can be easily renewed and replaced, but also components which can be varied and customized, as desired.
Prior art examples devices and means for selectively and removably affixing various components of an article of footwear include, e.g., U.S.
2,183,277, U.S. 2,200,080, U.S. 2,220,534, U.S.
2,552,943, U.S. 2,588,061, U.S. 2,640,283, U.S.
2,873,540, U.S. 3,012,340, U.S. 3,818,617, U.S.
3,878,626, U.S. 3,906,646, U.S. 3,982,336, U.S. 4,103,440, U.S. 4,107,857, U.S. 4,132,016, U.S.
4,262,434, U.S. 4,267,650, U.S. 4,279,083, U.S.
4,300,294, U.S. 4,317,294, U.S. 4,351,120, U.S.
4,377,042, U.S. 4,535,554, U.S. 4,606,139, U.S.
4,807,372, U.S. 4,887,369, U.S. 5,083,385, U.S. 5,317,822, U.S. 5,339,544, U.S. 5,410,821, U.S.
5,533,280, U.S. 5,542,198, U.S. 5,615,497, U.S.
5,628,129, U.S. 5,644,857, U.S. 5,657,558, U.S.
5,661,915, U.S. 5,826,352, and 5,896,608, all of these patents hereby being incorporated by reference herein.
Conventional athletic footwear cannot be substantially customized for use by the consumer or wearer. The physical and mechanical properties of conventional athletic footwear are relatively fixed generic qualities. However, the body weight or mass and characteristic running technique of different individuals having the same footwear size can vary greatly. Often, the stiffness in compression of the foam material used in the midsole of athletic shoes can be too soft for individuals who employ more forceful movements, or who have greater body mass than an average wearer. Accordingly, conventional articles of athletic footwear do not provide optimal performance characteristics for individual wearers.
In contrast, the present invention permits a wearer to customize a preferred article of footwear. For example, the length, width, girth, and configuration of the upper, as provided by various last options or by two or three dimensional modeling and footwear design equipment including computer software, or by two, three, or four dimensional measurement devices such as scanners, as well as the type of footwear construction and design of the upper can be selected by the consumer or wearer. Further, the physical and mechanical properties of the article of footwear can be selected and changed as desired in order to optimize desired performance characteristics given various performance criteria or environmental conditions. For example, the configuration and geometry of the article of footwear, and the stiffness of the spring elements can be customized, as desired. In addition, the ability to easily remove, renew, and recycle the outsole portions of the preferred article of footwear renders the use of softer materials having enhanced shock and vibration dampening characteristics, but perhaps diminished wear properties viable from a practical standpoint. Moreover, the outsole portion of the preferred article of footwear can be selected from a variety of options with regards to configuration, materials, and function. The physical and mechanical properties associated with an article of footwear of the present invention can provide enhanced cushioning, stability, and running economy relative to conventional articles of footwear. The spring to dampening ratio of conventional articles of footwear is commonly in the range between 40-60 percent, whereas the preferred article of footwear can provide a higher spring to dampening ratio, thus greater mechanical efficiency and running economy. The preferred article of footwear can include an anterior spring element that underlies the forefoot area which can store energy during the latter portion of the stance phase and early portion of the propulsive phase of the running cycle, and then release this energy during the latter portion of the propulsive phase, thus facilitating improved running economy. It is believed that the resulting improvement in running performance can approximate one second over four hundred meters, or two to three percent.
The preferred article of footwear can provide differential stiffness in the rearfoot area so as to reduce both the rate and magnitude of pronation, or alternately, the rate and magnitude of supination experienced by an individual wearer, thus avoid conditions which can be associated with injury. Likewise, the preferred article of footwear can provide differential stiffness in the midfoot and forefoot areas so as to reduce both the rate and magnitude of inward and / or outward rotation of the foot, thus avoid conditions which can be associated with injury. The preferred spring elements can also provide a stable platform which can prevent or reduce the amount of deformation caused by point loads, thus avoid conditions which can be associated with injury.
Again, the viability of using relatively soft outsole materials having improved shock and vibration dampening characteristics can enhance cushioning effects. Further, in conventional articles of footwear, the shock and vibration generated during rearfoot impact is commonly transmitted most rapidly to a wearer through that portion of the outsole and midsole which has greatest stiffness, and normally, this is a portion of the sole proximate the heel of the wearer which undergoes the greatest deflection and deformation. However, in the present invention a void space exists beneath the heel of a wearer and the ground engaging portion of the outsole. Some of the shock and vibration generated during the rearfoot impact of an outsole with the ground support surface must then travel a greater distance through the outsole and inferior spring element in order to be transmitted to the superior spring element and a wearer. In addition, in the present invention, a posterior spacer which can serve as a shock and vibration isolator, and also vibration decay time modifiers can be used to decrease the magnitude of the shock and vibration transmitted to the wearer of a preferred article of footwear.
There have been many attempts in the prior art to introduce functional spring elements into articles of footwear including, but not limited to U.S. 357,062, U.S. 1,107,894, U.S. 1,113,266, U.S.
1,352,865, U.S. 1,370,212, U.S. 2,447,603, U.S. 2,508,318, U.S. 4,429,474, U.S. 4,492,046, U.S. 4,314,413, U.S. 4,486,964, U.S. 4,506,460, U.S. 4,566,206, U.S. 4,771,554, U.S. 4,854,057, U.S. 4,878,300, U.S. 4,942,677, U.S. 5,052,130, U.S. 5,060,401, U.S. 5,138,776, U.S. 5,159,767, U.S. 5,203,095, U.S. 5,279,051, U.S. 5,337,492, U.S. 5,343,639, U.S. 5 , 353 , 523 ,U. S . 5,367,790, U.S. 5,381,608, U.S. 5,437,110, U.S. 5,461,800, U.S. 5,596,819, U.S. 5,701,686, U.S. 5,822,886, U.S. 5,875,567, U.S. 5,937,544, U.S. 6,029,374, French Patent 472,735, Italian Patent 633,409, European Patent Application EP 0 890 321 A2 , and PCT Patent Application WO 98/07341, all of these patents and patent applications hereby being incorporated by reference herein. Relatively few of these attempts have resulted in functional articles of footwear which have met with commercial success. The limitations of some of the prior art has concerned the difficulty of meeting the potentially competing criteria associated with cushioning and footwear stability. In other cases, the manufacturing costs of making prior art articles of footwear including spring elements have proved prohibitive.
The spring element and various other novel structures taught in the present invention can be used in a wide assortment of articles of footwear including but not limited to those used for running, basketball, tennis, volleyball, but also sandals and hiking boots. The present invention teaches an article of footwear which can provide a wearer with improved cushioning and stability, running economy, and an extended service life while reducing the risks of injury normally associated with footwear degradation. The preferred article of footwear provides a wearer with the ability to customize the fit, but also the physical and mechanical properties and performance of the article of footwear. Moreover, the preferred article of footwear is economical and environmentally friendly to both manufacture and recycle.
The present invention also teaches articles of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth. Lasting boards having different configurations and / or alternate positions for selectively affixing various portions of an upper can be used to adjust and customize the fit of an article of footwear for an individual wearer. The upper can also include means for adjusting the width, girth, and foot shape in functional relation to a lasting board. The lasting board can also constitute and serve as a spring element and vice-versa. Alternately, the lasting board and spring element can consist of separate parts. The components of the article of footwear including but not limited to the upper, insole, lasting board, spring element, and sole including possible midsole and outsole portions can be selected from a range of options, and can be easily removed and replaced, as desired. Further, the relative configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot, midfoot and rearfoot areas of the article of footwear can be readily modified and adjusted. Accordingly, the article of footwear can be configured and customized for a wearer or a select target population in order to optimize performance criteria, as desired.
Moreover, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business. For example, the anatomical features, configuration, and dimensions of a given wearer's foot and any other special needs, requirements, or preferences can be recorded by direct communication, observation and measurement in a retail or medical setting, or by a wearer or other individual within their home or other remote site, and this data can be used to generate information and intelligence relating to the manufacture of a custom article of footwear. Conventional measuring or reproduction means such as rulers, measuring tapes, Brannock devices, two or three dimensional scanners, pressure sensors, infrared thermography, stereolithography, photographs, photocopies, FAX, e-mail, cameras, images, tracings, video, television, computers and computer screens, templates, molds, models, and patterns can be used to help determine and make selections relating to an individual's foot shape, length, width, girth, and the like. Given an adequate and ready stock of the various components anticipated for use in making the preferred articles of footwear, and the information and intelligence created from the data relating to an individual wearer or target population, a worker and / or automated system can assemble or manufacture a customized article of footwear within a few minutes. This can be accomplished at the point of purchase or service center which can be located in a retail or medical facility, or alternatively, at a remote manufacturing environment.
Accordingly, similar to the rapid delivery eyewear service centers and retail stores which presently exist, a consumer can now also be provided with a custom article of footwear within minutes.
Alternately, if and when an individual's data is received from a remote site at the Website or other address of a company which practices the present invention, and then transmitted to a manufacturing or assembly center, a custom article of footwear can be made and possibly delivered to an individual's home or other designated address by same day or overnight service, as desired. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
A preferred article of footwear has an anterior side, posterior side, medial side, lateral side, superior side, inferior side, transverse axis, longitudinal axis, and includes an upper, a lasting board, and a sole. The sole can comprise a midsole and an outsole, or merely an outsole. The superior surface of the lasting board can include an insole. Alternately, a separate insole can be included within the upper. The upper, lasting board, and sole can be removably affixed in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means. The lasting board can comprise a spring element, and a spring element can comprise a lasting board. Alternately, the lasting board and spring element can consist of separate parts. In the latter case, the upper, lasting board, spring element and sole can be removably affixed in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means . The mechanical engagement means can comprise a plurality of fasteners including male and female parts.
The spring element can include a superior spring element, and an inferior spring element. The inferior spring element is affixed in function relation to the superior spring element and projects rearward and downward therefrom, and has an flexural axis deviated from the transverse axis in the range between 10 and 50 degrees. It can be advantageous for the flexural axis to be deviated from the transverse axis in the range between 10 and 30 degrees in articles of footwear intended for walking, or for use by runners who tend to supinate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle, and in the range between 30 and 50 degrees for runners who tend to pronate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle. Accordingly, posterior of the flexural axis, the anterior to posterior lengths of the superior spring element and the inferior spring element can be shorter on the medial side than on the lateral side.
The preferred article of footwear includes a spring element having a superior spring element which can have a configuration substantially corresponding to the last bottom of the article of footwear, and an inferior spring element . The superior spring element can consist of a single component, or can consist of two portions, an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element which are affixed together in functional relation. In an alternate embodiment, the anterior spring element and inferior spring element can consist of a single component, or alternately, can be affixed together in functional relation, and the posterior spring element can be affixed in functional relation thereto. Further, it can be readily understood that an equivalent spring element can be formed as a single part, or in four parts. In another alternate embodiment, the article of footwear further includes a separate lasting board, and the spring element, lasting board, upper, and sole can be affixed together in functional relation. The superior spring element can be positioned in functional relation within the upper and the sole can be positioned inferior to the upper, and a plurality of fasteners can be used for affixing the superior spring element to the sole, thus trapping and securing the upper in functional relation therebetween. Further, a plurality of fasteners can be used to selectively affix the superior spring element in functional relation to the upper and the inferior spring element. The plurality of fasteners can include male and female parts, and the male parts can be affixed to the lasting board or superior spring element . The upper can further include a sleeve for affixing at least a portion of the superior spring element in function relation thereto. The superior spring element and inferior spring element can be configured or affixed in functional relation to form a v-shape in the rearfoot area of an article of footwear and provide deflection in the range between 8-15 mm, and in particular, approximately 10 mm. At the posterior side, the v- shaped spring element can exhibit less stiffness in compression on the lateral side relative to the medial side, and it can be advantageous that the differential stiffness be in the range between two- to-three to one.
The superior spring element can have a thickness in the range between 1.0 and 3.5 mm. The superior spring element can include an anterior spring element having a thickness in the range between 1.0-2.0 mm, and a posterior spring element having a thickness in the range between 2.0 and 3.5 mm. The inferior spring element can have a thickness in the range between 2.0 and 3.5 mm.
The posterior spring element can further include a projection, and the anterior spring element and posterior spring element can be affixed by at least three fasteners in triangulation. The superior spring element can be generally planar, or alternately can be curved to mate with the anatomy of a wearer and can further include elevated portions such as a side stabilizer or a heel counter. The spring element can be made of a fiber composite material, or alternately, a thermoplastic material, or a metal material. The spring element can include areas having different thickness, notches, slits, or openings which serve to produce differential stiffness when the spring element is loaded. The spring element can include different types, orientations, configurations, and numbers of composite layers, and in different areas, in order to achieve differential stiffness when the spring element is loaded. Accordingly, the flexural modulus or stiffness exhibited by a spring element in the rearfoot, midfoot, and forefoot areas, and about any axis can be engineered, as desired.
The article of footwear can include a selectively removable sole. A sole can include a midsole and an outsole, or merely an outsole. The outsole can include an anterior outsole element and posterior outsole element . Alternately, the outsole can consist of a single component, or a three part component including an anterior outsole element, a middle outsole element and a1 posterior outsole element. The outsole can include a backing, a tread or ground engaging surface, and lines of flexion. The article of footwear can include a rocker sole configuration. The article of footwear can further include a spring guard for protecting the posterior aspect of the mating portions of the superior spring element or posterior spring element and the inferior spring element.
The article of footwear can further include an anterior spacer positioned between the anterior spring element and the posterior spring element for dampening shock and vibration. The anterior spacer can have a wedge shape which can be used to modify the configuration and performance of the article of footwear.
The article of footwear can further include a posterior spacer positioned between the superior spring element or posterior spring element and the inferior spring element for dampening shock and vibration. The posterior spacer can have a wedge shape which can be used to modify the configuration and performance of the article of footwear. The article of footwear can further include a vibration decay time modifier. The vibration decay time modifiers can include a head and a stem. The head of the vibration decay time modifiers can be dimensioned and configured for vibration substantially free of contact with the base of the posterior spacer or spring element in directions which substantially encompass a 360 degree arc and normal to the longitudinal axis of the stem. A preferred article of footwear can include an anterior side, posterior side, medial side, lateral side, superior side, inferior side, and a longitudinal axis, and an upper affixed in functional relation to a spring element comprising an anterior spring element, a posterior spring element, and an inferior spring element . The anterior spring element can be affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element, and a substantial portion of the anterior spring element can extend anterior of a position associated with 70 percent of the length of the upper as measured from the posterior side. The inferior spring element can be affixed in function relation to the posterior spring element, and a substantial portion of the inferior spring element can extend posterior of a position associated with 50 percent of the length of the upper as measured from the posterior side.
In an alternate embodiment of an article of footwear, the spring element can consist of a superior spring element which can include an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element affixed together in functional relation, but not include an inferior spring element projecting rearward and downward therefrom.
The ability to easily customize and adapt the preferred article of footwear in a desired manner can render the present invention suitable for use in walking, running, hiking, and a variety of other athletic activities including tennis, basketball, baseball, football, soccer, volleyball, bicycling, and in-line skating. An alternate preferred article of footwear can have an anterior side, a posterior side, a medial side, a lateral side, superior side, inferior side, and a longitudinal axis, and a plurality of fasteners. The upper can include a plurality of alternate openings on the inferior side at a plurality of different positions, and the alternate openings can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners. A lasting board can be positioned within the upper, and the lasting board and upper can be being removably affixed in functional relation to a sole by the plurality of fasteners, thereby securing the upper in functional relation therebetween. Different lasting boards can comprise different configurations for accommodating different foot shapes, foot lengths, and foot width sizes. Lasting boards for a given foot shape and foot length or standard size article of footwear, can be made in various standard size widths .
The plurality of fasteners can include male and female parts, and the male parts can be affixed in functional relation to the lasting board. Alternately, the female parts can be affixed in functional relation to the lasting board, or the male or female parts can be affixed in function relation to the sole, or the plurality of fasteners including male and female parts can consist of loose parts. Further, the lasting board can include a plurality of openings. The plurality of openings in the lasting board can comprise a plurality of alternate openings offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size at a plurality of different positions. In addition, the plurality of alternate openings on the inferior side of the upper can comprise two alternate openings, or three alternate openings .
The lasting board can comprise a spring element, and a spring element can comprise a lasting board. Alternately, a lasting board and spring element can consist of separate parts. The spring element can comprise a superior spring element positioned within the upper. The superior spring element can include an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element affixed together in functional relation. The anterior spring element can include a medial anterior spring element and a lateral anterior spring element . The spring element can also include an inferior spring element substantially positioned inferior and externally with respect to the upper which is affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element. The anterior spring element including the medial anterior spring element and lateral anterior spring element can consist of two separate parts that are removably affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element . The present invention teaches a method of making an article of footwear comprising the following steps : a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot; b) Creating information and intelligence for selecting and making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Selecting a foot length; d) Selecting a last bottom configuration; e) Selecting a foot width; f) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; g) Selecting an upper, sole, and lasting board which can be affixed together in functional relation to provide the selected foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions; and, f) Removably affixing the upper, sole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means .
The inferior side of the upper can include a plurality of openings for receiving the mechanical engagement means which can include a plurality of fasteners having male and female parts. The upper and sole can include a plurality of openings, and the lasting board can include male parts which can be caused to pass through the plurality of openings in the upper and sole, and female parts which can be removably affixed to the male parts can be used to removably affix the upper, lasting board, and sole in functional relation. Alternately, the lasting board can include female parts, and male parts can be used to removably affix the upper, lasting board, and sole in functional relation. Alternately, the sole can include male or female parts, and the corresponding male or female parts can be used to removably affix the upper, lasting board, and sole in functional relation. Alternately, the plurality of fasteners can consist of loose parts.
The plurality of openings on the inferior side of the upper can include two alternate openings at a plurality of different positions. The two alternate openings can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of the upper can be selected at the plurality of positions during assembly. Alternately, the plurality of openings on the inferior side of the upper can include three alternate openings at a plurality of different positions, each of the three alternate openings being offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of the upper can be selected at the plurality of positions during assembly.
For any given foot shape and standard size foot length, the lasting board can be made in different standard size foot widths. In the American sizing system, foot length can vary by 1/3 inch per standard size, and foot width will vary by 1/4 inch per standard size, but other sizing systems can be used. The lasting board can also include a plurality of alternate openings at a plurality of different positions. The plurality of openings can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving the plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of the upper can be selected at the plurality of positions during assembly. Further, when a lasting board consists of two or more parts, an anterior element and a posterior element, e.g., a spring element including an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element, a plurality of openings can be included in the anterior spring element and posterior spring element which can be offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one half or one whole standard length size and the two parts can be affixed in functional relation with the use of fasteners or other conventional means to provide a desired size length.
The present invention also teaches a method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear including the following steps: a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot, and initiating or completing a financial transaction, thus selling an article of footwear; b) Creating information and intelligence for making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Providing the information and intelligence to a physical location at which the article of footwear can be made; d) Selecting a foot length; e) Selecting a last bottom configuration; f) Selecting a foot width; g) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; h) Selecting an upper, sole, and lasting board, which can be removably affixed together in functional relation to provide the foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions at the plurality of positions; i) Removably affixing the upper, sole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means, and completing the manufacture of the article of footwear; and, j) Causing the article of footwear to be delivered to a designated address.
The physical location can be a retail store and the manufacture of the article of footwear can be completed within thirty minutes. Alternately, the physical location can be a medical facility. Alternately, the physical location can be a manufacturing center for making the article of footwear, and the data relating to the wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot can be transmitted from a remote site, and the article of footwear can be caused to be delivered from the manufacturing center to a designated address. The data can be transmitted electronically by means including but not limited to the Internet, telephone and Fax.
In the continental United States, and possibly within many other host countries in which the novel method of making an article of footwear and conducting business would be practiced, an article of footwear can be caused to be delivered to a designated address within a selected number of working days. For example, the article of footwear can sometimes be delivered the same day, the next day, br within a different selected number of working days, as desired.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a medial side view of an article of footwear including a lasting board or spring element according to the present invention.
Figure 2 is a top view of the article of footwear shown in Figure 1.
Figure imgf000024_0001
H- OJ 0 OJ CQ rt H- PJ V tr Hi P- 31 CQ tr μ-1 CQ tr *τ| CQ OJ 0 Hi Hi
3 ii Hi O O 3 ii O Φ 0 OJ OJ φ o μ- P4 o μ- *ϋ ≤; HI 0 0 rt rt H rt μ- 0 CQ < 3 OJ 3 0 OJ HJ OJ 0 0
^ μ- OJ Φ μ- Hj •T) μ- rt 3 rt 3^ μ- Φ Hi φ ≤ Hi 3 μ- *< Hi r rt μ- Ω ϋ 3 Φ μ- Ω Φ IQ ξ φ 3 Hi Q 3 P Hj 3 • 0 sS S
CQ H Hd ϋ 3 CQ <J iQ j ii Φ •T! P^ iQ OJ *τ| • j Φ CQ *τ| 0 Hζ] Φ *τl Φ •τi
3 Φ μ- 0 OJ Φ 3 Φ μ- μ- ii OJ μ- 0 μ- μ- 0 μ- μ- rt μ- OJ μ- OJ μ-
4 CQ Ω rt Φ OJ fi iQ 0 Φ i IQ H J H iQ 3 Hi CQ 3 Φ IQ 3 IQ Hi LQ Hi LQ
CD 0 3 W Φ Φ 0 3 ii 3 3 μ- • ! 3 3 *« H 3 Φ 3 3 3
Hi H Φ φ Hi H 0 CQ ii 3 fi CD Hi ni CQ Hi φ Hi OJ Hi CQ Hj CQ Hi
H Φ ii Ω 3 OJ sΩ Φ CQ <! - Φ Φ Φ CQ Ό Φ μ- *ϋ Φ ΪS 3 Φ Hi φ tr Φ ^ Φ
~ Hi 0 φ 3 - Hi ts Φ 0 CQ μ- Hj iq μ- Φ 0 0
0 H CQ 3 3 0 H Hi s: sΩ • OJ 3 μ- ∞ 3 μ- ] rt 3 σι CQ LΠ Ϊ5 Φ> 3 OJ
* 0 H 0 Hi rt OJ S 0 o μ- 3 rt μ- 3 Hi 3 1 rt tr 3 3 μ- rt H μ- 3 μ- rt 3 rt μ- μ- -1 iQ μ- φ CQ μ- μ- 0 μ- H- μ- rr $. μ- Φ CQ rt rt μ- CQ 0 μ- Q <! OJ CQ ∞ rt μ- Q ≤ CQ μ- CQ μ- CQ tT φ D 3 OJ Φ 3- φ CQ 3 φ ii Φ t φ " 3 3 3 3
OJ Ω ϋ 3 ii OJ φ ii OJ OJ » OJ Φ OJ OJ OJ OJ
Ό HJ OJ 0 OJ μ- rr Hj OJ H" Φ •fl "< rt φ φ rt μ- ^ TI
OJ 3 rt μ- 0 3" Φ < μ- tr 0 3 rt Z 3 rt 3 tr rt 3 μ- 3 μ- tr i iQ 3 Hi μ- 3 H Φ IQ tr 3 Φ iQ 0 3 φ 0 μ- φ 0 ti Φ 0 OJ LQ φ iQ 0 rr Φ φ μ- 0 Hi Φ 0 φ OJ 3 rt 0 rt 3 •n r 3 tf • •σ *n rt 3 3 rt
CD 3 p. iQ 3 φ CQ 0 3 rr 3 ii rt ii 3J rt 3" rt Φ OJ μ- Φ Hi μ- Hi rt
Φ μ- 3 ii ti 3 Φ rt rt Φ 0 Φ OJ < <! Hi Hi LQ Hi φ OJ Φ 0 tr H 0J H μ- ti rt ii 0 rt 3 rt μ- μ- rt μ- μ- rt μ- 3 OJ 3
Hi OJ OJ OJ 0 μ- CQ OJ 3 OJ 3J ω Ω 3 φ 3J 3 φ CQ μ- φ Hi H H 1
0 H rr 3 ii 3 0 3 Φ » <! 3 CQ $ Φ S, tr Ω ≤ φ - Q • <! to
Λ4 CQ μ- P- CQ <! P- μ- ii 3J OJ rt 0 Q μ- μ- ω φ ^ μ- 0 Q Φ μ- OJ sS Φ 0 3 0 3 3J 0 S 0 μ- 2 i φ 1
3 p. 3 OJ ts Φ φ μ- 3 μ- s; Φ ^ Hi •υ Φ Hi 3 Hi - - μ- φ co Φ • H ii H Φ CQ S 3 rt rt 3 OJ tf 0 φ rt
OJ μ- CQ μ- Φ \~> μ- Hi Φ - 0 H Hi OJ Φ OJ J μ- Hi OJ z tr <J 0
≤ 3 <! 0 3 3 Φ 3 0 φ ii Hi OJ μ- rt Hi H{ 3 μ- < μ- Hi
OJ μ- μ- iQ φ 3 μ- Hi ii μ- r CQ 3 μ- rt rt rt Hi rt μ- TJ Φ φ J
^ 3 Φ μ- 0 - rt rt Ω S CQ μ- 55 P. 0 OJ 3J φ OJ $, rt
OJ S Φ r 3 OJ OJ 0 Hj Φ 3J Φ •r] H 0 3J Ω 0 OJ 0 CQ Z Hi tr
Hj Ό H «. rt ii 3 ii Φ μ- Φ 0 H CQ rt rt T3 rt 0 φ tr 0 0 φ CQ tn 0 CQ T-i ≤ Φ ti t $ μ- OJ 0 CQ Hi
3 rt Hi CQ 3 OJ rt OJ CQ ti 3 OJ 3 3 0 OJ 3 OJ Φ Φ 3 Hi Hi OJ rt 0 CQ φ tr 0 \-> ts ii rt H. O Hi Hi Hi 0 H P OJ CQ rt tr rt ii
OJ μ- 3 tS Φ r H μ- CQ rt O Φ rt μ- Hi rt H{ CQ r Hi & rt tr rt 3 cr rt 0 μ- rt Φ μ- 3 0 μ- Φ Hi 3 tr r-r 0 Φ μ-
OJ tr H" CQ 3 3* H 3 CQ Ω H CO 0 H Hi μ- CQ 0 tr φ X Ω
<1 OJ OJ φ - rt CQ OJ 3 CQ φ - 0 OJ P. 0 OJ 3 & OJ Hi φ OJ μ- rt OJ Φ rt OJ Φ Φ CQ rt CQ OJ 0 CQ Φ 0 ii 0 OJ 3 Hj Φ
3 rt T3 < H rt φ φ tr tr sS rt CD rt rt Q £, P. ?r Hj rr iQ Q φ o μ- μ- φ Q φ φ 0 o 3 φ μ- ty sg μ- • 3 φ rt OJ μ- O
3* K CQ 3 0 3 3- φ 3 φ Hi =s rt 0) 3 Φ Φ 3 0 3 μ- s: Ω Hi
OJ 0 3 μ- CQ ii 0 0 3 Φ 3 3 Hi IQ P OJ CQ μ- Hi Ω OJ OJ rt < φ 3 φ Hi 3 Φ 3 rt μ- OJ Φ 3 3 r 3 μ- Φ Φ 0 3 P- rt rt 3 0
3 CQ Hi
forefoot area without toe spring.
Figure 12 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 11, with parts broken away, but having a forefoot area including an outsole, foam midsole, and upper affixed together with an adhesive.
Figure 13 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 12, with parts broken away, but having a forefoot area including a detachable outsole and foam midsole .
Figure 14 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, further including a spring guard, and also a rocker sole configuration .
Figure 15 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having a upper including a sleeve for accommodating a lasting board or spring element .
Figure 16 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having fewer layers underlying the superior spring element.
Figure 17 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having a upper affixed to a lasting board or spring element. Figure 18 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figure 17, further including a posterior spacer including a spring guard. OJ to t M H o LΠ o LΠ o LΠ
OJ CQ OJ CQ OJ rt 3 rt μ- Φ μ- J Ω Ω OJ 3 s; ιfc> 3 3 μ- μ- 3 rr μ- 3 tr tr 3 Hj 3 tr 3 3 Hi 0 ~ Hj μ- - Hj O 3 3 Hi μ- 3 H.
0 0 rt 0 rt OJ P. Φ rt φ rr Φ 3 rr r rr Pi Ω rt 3 rt
3 s: Φ Z Φ Ω Φ 3 Ti μ- 3 Hi tr μ- tr tr μ- μ- rd μ- Φ TI μ-
LQ 3 Hj 3 Hj ?? μ- Hi LQ φ μ- Ω rt μ- 3 Ω 3 Ω Hi 3 μ- Ω μ- Ω
3 Ti μ- 3 0 Hj 3 LQ M <τl LQ < H •n rt rt TI μ- P. LQ TI 3 Q TI
OJ μ- OJ μ- μ- 0 μ- CQ Hi Hi 3 rt 3 Φ μ- 3 μ- Φ μ- tr Φ μ- Φ μ- 3 φ μ- 0 3 Φ μ-
3 rt CQ 3 ii Q t. Φ Φ H Hj LQ ii 3 LQ φ tr LQ Hi 3 ii LQ Hi LQ
H Φ 3 3 μ- Hj Hi S Φ 0 3 Φ LQ 0 3 3 0 3 en LQ Φ 0 3 μ- Φ 0 3 μ- TI Hj TI ω Hj ?r μ- 0 tr tr Hi Hj Pi Hi Hj 3 < Hi Hi • Hi Hi Hi Hi Hj
3 μ- OJ Φ μ- * Φ Φ 0 0 Φ μ- H φ 3 φ CQ μ- Φ 3 H Φ μ- H Φ φ LQ 3 LQ OJ Hi rt Φ Ω 1 Hi Hi Hi Φ 3 HI LD HI Φ ∞ Hi
3 rt t 3 Ω t Φ H tr - 0 o 0 -y Ω to LQ 0 to t5 - 0 to Hi •- 0 H
Ω Hi Φ LΠ Hj Φ ^ CQ rt 0 u Hi 3 O to 0 0 H 0 o . 0 LD
0 Φ Hj φ Hj Φ . 0 Ω φ tr rr CQ rt Hi <! rt 3 Hi rt Hi rt
3 μ- μ- μ- 3 Hj 0 K 3 s. μ- 3 rt 3 μ- 3 S μ- Hi 3 S μ- 3 S μ-
CQ CO 0 Q 00 μ- Q Φ μ- Hi 3 rt rt Φ CQ Ω μ- Φ Q 3 Hi Φ CD 3 Hj Φ Ω Hi Φ CΩ μ- - Hj - 3 3 3 0 3 Φ 3 Ω 3 3 P. μ- 3 rr 3 rt 3 Q OJ Ω OJ rt LQ Hj rt 3 μ- Hj 3 0 LQ Hj OJ tr o Hj 3 μ- tr Hj 3 tr Hj 3 rt tr CQ rt CQ 3 Φ Pi 3 3 Φ 3 rt Φ φ φ 3 ti Ω OJ 3 Ω • φ H{ CQ Ω LQ 3 3 tr CQ tr Q CQ CQ 3 < t LQ 3 Hj LQ 3
3 rt OJ Hj ? Pi Hj 3 •» φ φ 0 o μ- 0 μ- μ- Φ φ φ Φ φ rt Ω O Φ Φ 0 φ 3 3 3 Pi Pi OJ 3 rt <! Ω 3 Pi 0 μ- 3 Pi μ- 3 P. tr Φ CQ 3 P. CQ 3 CQ 3 tr Pi Φ μ- 3 Hj μ- rt φ 0 μ- μ- Hi 3 Φ μ- 3 Φ μ-
£ OJ Hi CQ CQ φ μ- 3 0 μ- H 3 rt Pi 0 Q 3 3 Ω Hi 3 Ω ii 3 μ- <! OJ μ- 3 P> Pi 3 3 3 μ- 3 3 • ti 3 <J -y 3 3 1 rt μ- LQ CQ μ-< 3 CQ rt Φ rt LQ \~> 3 0 Hj 0 Hj μ- 3 3 to tr 3 Φ Φ 0 Φ 3 CQ LQ Hi <! 3 m tr Pi μ* CQ P. CD LΠ
LQ 3 Ω 3 rt Ω Hi CD tr rt 3 ^ μ- rt μ- Φ rt μ- Hj μ- μ- μ- ^ H- 1
Φ r LQ 3J rt Φ 3 0 tr i 3 CQ 0 φ 3 0 Pi 3 3 Pi 3 P- μ- OJ Hj μ- Φ μ- 3 ti 3 Φ CQ Φ ti ≤; rr φ rt LQ CD Φ LQ CQ φ
3 OJ 0 0 0 ti rt 3 μ- tr Hj rt CQ rt μ- μ- μ-
Φ 3 H 3 μ- J 3 0 tr CQ 3 <J μ- μ- tr 0 tr < 0 3 3 < 3 3 <!
Φ OJ 3 Hj OJ Φ Hj rt Φ rt μ- μ- Ω 3 3 Hi 3 3 μ- 3 H- μ- μ- μ- to H φ rt H P. rt tr Φ μ- M φ ^ LQ rt Hi rt φ CQ φ <! Φ
*> LQ μ- - φ 3 3 Z Ω 3 HI ≤ P. ti 3 Z μ- 3 ≤
1 Φ CQ <! o Ω <! LQ Hj φ CD 3 μ- ω Φ Hj Hj tr H to μ- μ- ^ μ- OJ Z H rt 0 Φ tr X tr 0 Ω μ- 0 H Ω
!* CQ 3 Φ 1 Φ φ 3 μ- 3 O tr rt Hi φ o 3 Φ 0 Hi 3 3 rt Hi 3 r Hi
• tr μ- =S t 5 Pi rt r 0 0 0 3 ≤ H P. S < LQ 0 rt 0
OJ 0 tr Φ Hi 3 3 Hj φ 3 rt 3 3 3 μ- 3 ti OJ 0 • Hi 0 μ- Hi 0 Hi rt 3 3 Φ rt 3 rt LQ rt 3 0 rt 3
Φ Hi Hi Hi 3 rt 3 Hj P- tr CQ rt μ- H; 0 μ- μ- 3 tr 3 tr
- Hi Ω tr H 3 3 3 ^ 3 3 LQ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 rt OJ 0 rt Φ 0 rt 3 3 Φ M Φ Hi rt Pi rt H rt 0 3 0 tr 3 CQ 3 Hj rt rt Tl rt rt TI rt . rt Φ rt
OJ rt ω Pi o μ- 3 CQ φ Φ μ- Φ tr μ- Φ CD Φ Ω Q Φ
?t r 3 μ- 3 P. CQ tr Hi Q Φ Q Hi tr ii J tf H
Φ tr Φ 3 rt Φ ti 0 3 3 Hi 3 3 Ω 3 ^ 0 3
3 OJ 3 LQ CQ Hj 3 j Hj 3 3 3 rt Hj 0 0 μ- rt φ Φ rt 3 rt rt Hi 3 1 H
Φ Φ Φ s Φ φ LQ
Figure 26 is a cross sectional view of the posterior spacer included in the article of footwear shown in Figure 9, taken along line 26-26.
Figure 27 is a cross sectional view of an alternate posterior spacer generally similar to that shown in Figure 9, but having a wedge shape, taken along a line consistent with line 26-26.
Figure 28 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear having an alternate spring element with parts broken away.
Figure 29 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear having a lasting board or spring element, and a selectively removable sole.
Figure 30 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing a lasting board or anterior spring element having a plurality of openings.
Figure 31 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing a plurality of adjacent openings at different positions .
Figure 32 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing reinforcement material about a plurality of adjacent openings at different positions.
Figure 33 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing a plurality of adjacent openings at different positions . Figure 34 is a bottom view of the inferior side of the upper of an article of footwear showing reinforcement material about and between a plurality of openings . OJ to t μ> 1 o LΠ o LΠ o
0
Hi
3
3
3
Hj rt μ-
Ω
H
Φ
Ω
Hi
Hi
Ω
0 rt
S
Φ
3
K
1
CQ to tr l
0 1
S μ-
3 Q
3
CQ
Ω
H
Φ
3
Hi
Hi μ-
X φ
Pi
Figure imgf000028_0001
directly to an upper, and also a lasting board or spring element .
Figure 43 is a transverse cross-sectional view of an article of footwear showing a sole affixed directly to an upper, and also a lasting board or spring element located within a recess.
Figure 44 is a medial side view of a sandal including a spring element .
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
The present invention teaches an article of footwear including means for adjusting the foot shape, width, and girth. Lasting boards having different configurations and alternate positions for selectively affixing various portions of an upper can be used to adjust and customize the fit of an article of footwear for an individual wearer. The lasting board can also comprise a spring element which can provide improved cushioning, stability, running economy, and a long service life. Unlike the conventional foam materials presently being used by the footwear industry, the spring element is not substantially subject to compression set degradation and can provide a relatively long service life. The components of the article of footwear including the upper, insole, lasting board or spring element, and sole including possible midsole and outsole portions can be selected from a range of options, and can be easily removed and replaced, as desired. Further, the relative configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot, midfoot and rearfoot areas of the article of footwear can be readily modified and adjusted. Accordingly, the article of footwear can be customized by a wearer or specially configured for a select target population in order to optimize desired performance criteria. Moreover, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing an article of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business .
Figure 1 is a medial side view of an article of footwear 22 including a spring element 51 consisting of at least two portions, a superior spring element 47 and an inferior spring element 50. The portions of spring element 51 can be integrally formed in a single component, but can be formed in at least two parts which can be affixed together by adhesives. Preferably, the lasting board 79 or superior spring element 47 is removably affixed in functional relation to the inferior spring element 50, upper 23, and sole 32 possibly including an outsole 43 and midsole 26 by mechanical engagement means such as fasteners 29. Threaded nuts and bolts, rivets, pop- rivets, snaps, hooks, clips, mating male and female parts, and the like, can be used as fasteners 29. The fasteners 29 can be made, e.g., of metal, ceramic, thermoplastic, or thermoset materials. When a thermoplastic or thermoset material is used, a fastener 29 can be formed or affixed in position with the use of heat and pressure, welding, adhesive, polymerization or vulcanization, and can later be removed by destructive method or again with the use of heat and pressure. For example, the distal end of the male part of a fastener 29 can be melted and formed into a rivet like shape with the use of heat and pressure . Contact adhesives and light cure adhesives can also be used to create or affix a fastener 29. Preferably, the fasteners 29 are selectively removable and also renewable, thus enable various portions of the spring element 51 and article of footwear 22 to be removed and replaced, as desired. Threaded fasteners 29 can include Allen head or star drive mechanical mating configurations for use with a like tool, and the fasteners 29 can be torque limited to tighten to an appropriate and desired torque value. Again, it can be readily understood that other conventional means can be used to affix the upper 23 in functional relation to the spring element 51 and outsole 43, such as VELCRO ® hook and pile, or other mechanical engagement means and devices. For example, as shown in Figure 4, a portion of the posterior outsole element 46 can slip over and trap a portion of the inferior spring element 50 and then be secured with fasteners 29. Further, at least one hook 27 can extend from the backing 30 of anterior outsole element 44 and engage a portion of the upper 23 or the superior spring element 47 as a portion of the outsole 43 is attached to a preferred article of footwear 22. Again, prior art examples of means for selectively and removably affixing various components of an article of footwear include, e.g., U.S. 2,183,277, U.S. 2,200,080, U.S. 2,220,534, U.S. 2,552,943, U.S. 2,588,061, U.S. 2,640,283, U.S. 2,873,540, U.S. 3,012,340, U.S. 3,818,617, U.S. 3,878,626, U.S. 3,906,646, U.S. 3,982,336, U.S. 4,103,440, U.S. 4,107,857, U.S. 4,132,016, U.S. 4,262,434, U.S. 4,267,650, U.S. 4,279,083, U.S. 4,300,294, U.S. 4,317,294, U.S. 4,351,120, U.S. 4,377,042, U.S. 4,535,554, U.S. 4,606,139, U.S. 4,807,372, U.S. 4,887,369, U.S. 5,083,385, U.S. 5,317,822, U.S. 5,339,544, U.S. 5,410,821, U.S. 5,533,280, U.S. 5,542,198, U.S. 5,615,497, U.S. 5,628,129, U.S. 5,644,857, U.S. 5,657,558, U.S. 5,661,915, U.S. 5,826,352, and 5,896,608, all of these patents being previously incorporated by reference herein.
Also shown in Figure 1 is an upper 23 including a heel counter 24, tip 25, vamp 52, anterior side 33, posterior side 34, medial side 35, top or superior side 37, bottom or inferior side 38, forefoot area 58, midfoot area 67, rearfoot area 68, midsole 26, a spring element 51 including an inferior spring element 50, an outsole 43 including an anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 having a tread or ground engaging surface 53, and the presence of toe spring 62. The upper 23 can be made of a plurality of conventional materials known in the footwear art such as leather, natural or synthetic textile materials, paper or cardboard, stitching, adhesive, thermoplastic material, foam material, and natural or synthetic rubber. Since the various components of a preferred article of footwear 22 can be easily removed and replaced, a wearer can select a custom upper 23 having a desired size, shape, design, construction and functional capability. The article of footwear 22 can also include means for customizing the shape, width, and fit of the upper such as taught in U.S. 5,729,912, U.S. 5,813,146, and the like. Further, the present invention teaches novel devices and methods for customizing the width, girth, and last or foot shape of the preferred article of footwear, as discussed in greater detail below. Moreover, the article of footwear 22 can include a custom insole, but also a custom upper using light cure material as taught in the applicant's U.S. 5,632,057, hereby incorporated by reference herein. As shown in Figure 4 , the anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 can include a backing 30 portion. The outsole 43 can be firmly secured in function relation to the upper 23 and lasting board 79 or spring element 51 with the use of a plurality of fasteners 29. In an alternate embodiment, it is possible to configure the posterior outsole portion 46 such that a portion can slip over and trap the posterior side of the inferior spring element 50, and the posterior outsole element 46 can then be secured with fasteners 29 near the anterior side of the posterior outsole element 46 and inferior spring element 50. Since the posterior outsole element 46 consists of a resilient elastomer such as natural or synthetic rubber, during footstrike and the early portion of the braking phase of the gait cycle, the posterior outsole element 46 can become somewhat elongated and distended along the longitudinal or anterior to posterior axis and to lesser degree the medial to lateral or transverse axis, and this can further contribute to reducing the shock and vibration which is generated upon impact, as the forces and direction of loading during" footstrike and the braking phase have not only vertical or z axis, but also x and y axis components. The ground engaging portion 53 of the outsole 43 can be made of a natural or synthetic rubber material such as nitrile or styrene butadiene rubber, a thermoplastic material, an elastomer such as polyurethane, or a hybrid thermoplastic rubber. Further, these materials can possibly be suitable for use when blown or foamed. Suitable hybrid thermoplastic and rubber combinations include dynamically vulcanized alloys which can be injection molded such as those produced by Advanced Elastomer Systems, 338 Main Street, Akron, Ohio 44311, e.g., SANTOPRENE ®, VYRAM ®, GEOLAST ®, TREFSIN ®, VISTAFLEX ®, GEOLAST ®, DYTROL XL ®, and taught in the following U.S. Patents; 5,783,631, 5,779,968, 5,777,033, 5,777,029, 5,750,625, 5,672,660,
5 , 609 , 962 , 5 591,798, 5,589,544, 5,574,105,
5 , 523 , 350 , 5 403,892, 5,397,839, 5,397,832,
5 , 349 , 005 , 5 ,300,573, 5,290,886, 5,177,147,
55,,115577,,008811,, 55,100,947, 5,086,121,5,081,179, 5,073,597,
5 , 070 , 111 , 5 051,478, 5,051,477, 5,028,662, and RE 035398. SANTOPRENE ® is known to consist of a combination of butyl rubber and ethylene-propylene . The backing 30 portion of the outsole 43 can be made of a formulation of a thermoplastic material such as nylon, polyurethane, or SANTOPRENE ® that is relatively firm relative to the ground engaging portion 53 of the outsole 43. For example, a polyurethane or SANTOPRENE ® material having a hardness between 35-75 Durometer Asker C could be used on the ground engaging portion 53 of the outsole 43, and a polyurethane or SANTOPRENE ® material having a hardness between 75-100 Durometer on the Shore A or D scales could be used to make the backing 30 of outsole 43. A polyurethane backing 30 can be bonded to a polyurethane ground engaging portion 53 of outsole 43 or other material, or alternately, a SANTOPRENE ® backing can be bonded to a SANTOPRENE ® ground engaging portion 53 of outsole 43. This can be accomplished by dual injection molding, or over- molding of the like materials. One advantage when using homogenous materials for the two portions of the outsole 43 concerns the affinity of like materials for effectively bonding together.
Another advantage in using homogenous materials for the two portions of the outsole 43 concerns the "green" or environmentally friendly and recyclable nature of the component at the end of its service life. It is possible for the spent homogenous outsole 43 component including the backing 30 and ground engaging portion 53 to be recycled by the footwear manufacturer or by a third party, e.g., the outsole 43 can be re-ground into pieces and be thermoformed to make a portion of a new outsole 43 component. Further, the relative absence of adhesives in the manufacture of the outsole components and article of footwear taught in the present invention also makes for a "green" or environmentally friendly product. In contrast, conventional articles of footwear are commonly manufactured with the extensive use of adhesives for bonding a foam midsole to an upper and outsole . These adhesives are commonly non-environmentally friendly and can pose health hazards, and the resulting article of footwear cannot be so easily disassembled or recycled at the end of its service life. Moreover, the process associated with making conventional foam materials in making a midsole, and the blowing agents used therein, can be non- environmentally friendly and relatively energy inefficient as compared with conventional injection molding of thermoplastic materials, or the use of light cure materials and methods, as taught in the applicant's co-pending U.S. patent application Serial Number 08/862,598 entitled "Method of Making a Light Cure Component For Articles of Footwear," hereby incorporated by reference herein. For example, instead of using large presses imparting both heat and pressure upon compression molds for effecting the cure of a midsole or outsole component over perhaps a seven minute cycle time, injection molding equipment and light cure technology can be used to reduce the cycle times to perhaps fractions of a second with relative energy efficiency and little or no waste product in a relatively environmentally friendly manufacturing environment . Accordingly, manufacturing can be located in the United States, or otherwise closer to the intended market.
It is also possible for heterogeneous materials to be used in making the backing 30 and ground engaging portion 53 of the outsole 43. For example, Advanced Elastomer Systems has developed a formulation of SANTOPRENE ® which is capable of bonding to nylon. See also U.S. 5,709,954, U.S. 5,786,057, U.S. 5,843,268, and U.S. 5,906,872 granted to Lyden et al . and assigned to NIKE, Inc., all of these patents hereby incorporated by reference herein, which relate to chemical bonding of rubber to plastic materials in articles of footwear. Further, in an alternate embodiment of the present invention, the backing 30 can simultaneously comprise at least a portion of the spring element 51 of the article of footwear 22, as shown in Figure 16. In addition, the outsole 43 can also include desired lines of flexion 54. The following U.S. Patents and some of the prior art recited therein contain teachings with respect to lines of flexion 54 in articles of footwear such as grooves, and the like: U.S. 5,384,973, U.S. 5,425,184, U.S. 5,625,964, U.S. 5,709,954, U.S.
5,786,057, U.S. 4,562,651, U.S. 4,837,949, and U.S. 5,024,007, all of these patents being hereby incorporated by reference herein.
The use of a relatively soft elastomeric material having good dampening characteristics on the ground engaging portion 53 of an outsole 43 can contribute to enhanced attenuation of the shock and vibration generated by impact events. Relatively soft elastomeric materials having good dampening characteristics tend to have inferior abrasion and wear characteristics, and this can pose a practical limitation on their use in conventional articles of footwear constructed with the use of adhesives having non-renewable outsoles. However, the use of relatively soft elastomeric materials having good dampening characteristics does not pose a practical problem with respect to the preferred article of footwear 22 taught in the present application since the outsole 43 can be easily renewed and replaced. Accordingly, the preferred article of footwear 22 can provide a wearer with enhanced cushioning effects relative to many conventional articles of footwear.
The spring element 51 can be made of a resilient material such as metal, and in particular spring steel, a thermoplastic material, or alternately a preferred fiber composite material. Glass fiber, aramide or KEVLAR ® fiber, or carbon fiber composite materials can be used individually, or in partial or complete combination. Glass fiber composite materials are generally available at a cost of about $5.00 per pound, whereas carbon fiber materials are generally available at a cost of about $8.00 -$14.00 per pound. Glass fiber composite materials generally exhibit a lower modulus of elasticity or flexural modulus, thus less stiffness in bending as compared with carbon fiber materials, but can generally withstand more severe bending without breaking. However, the higher modulus of elasticity of carbon fiber composite materials can provide greater stiffness in bending and a higher spring rate, and reduced weight relative to glass fiber composite materials exhibiting like flexural modulus. Blends or combinations of glass fiber and carbon fiber materials are commonly known as hybrid composite materials .
Carbon fiber composite materials can be impregnated or coated with thermoplastic materials or thermoset materials. The modulus of elasticity or flexural modulus of some finished thermoplastic carbon fiber composite materials can be lower than that of some thermoset carbon fiber composite materials. For example, a sample of thermoplastic carbon fiber composite material having a relatively broad weave can have a flexural modulus in the range between 10-12 Msi, and in the range between 5-6 Msi in a finished part, whereas a "standard modulus" grade of thermoset impregnated uni-directional carbon fiber composite material can have a flexural modulus in the range of 33 Msi, and in the range between 18- 20 Msi in a finished part. Also available are "intermediate modulus" carbon fiber composite materials at approximately 40 Msi, and "high modulus" carbon fiber composite materials having a flexural modulus greater than 50 Msi and possibly as high as approximately 100 Msi. Accordingly, in order the achieve a desired flexural modulus, a thicker and heavier portion of thermoplastic carbon fiber composite material would normally be required relative to a thermoset impregnated uni-directional carbon fiber composite material. Impregnated carbon fiber composite materials are commonly known as "prepreg" materials. Such materials are available in roll and sheet form and in various grades, sizes, types of fibers, and fiber configurations, but also with various resin components. Various known fiber configurations include so-called woven, plain, basket, twill, satin, uni-directional, multi-directional, and hybrids. Prepreg carbon fiber composite materials are available having various flexural modulus, and generally, the higher the modulus the more expensive is the material. A standard modulus uni-directional prepreg peel-ply carbon fiber composite material made by Structural Polymer Systems Inc., also known as Cape Composites, Inc. of San Diego, California can be suitable for use. Such prepreg material can have a thickness of .025 mm or .01 inches including the peel-ply backing and .13 mm or .005 inches without. It is therefore relatively easy to predict the number of layers required in order to made a part having a known target thickness, but one must also allow for a nearly 10 percent reduction in thickness of the part due to shrinkage during the curing process. The cost of a suitable unidirectional 33 Msi thermoset standard modulus carbon fiber composite material having a weight of approximately 300 grams per square meter made or distributed by Structural Polymer Systems, Inc. is presently approximately in the range between $8.00 and $9.00 per pound, and one pound yields approximately one square meter of material . The desired thickness of the superior spring element 47 or anterior spring element 48 in the forefoot area 58 of an article of footwear intended for use in running when using standard modulus 33 Msi thermoset uni-directional prepreg carbon fiber composite material is at least 1.0 mm and approximately 1.25 mm or .049 inches for an individual weighing 100-140 pounds running at slow to moderate speeds, approximately 1.50 mm or .059 inches for an individual weighing 140-180 pounds running at slow to moderate speeds, and 1.75 mm or .0685 inches for an individual weighing 180-220 pounds running at slow to moderate speeds. When running at higher speeds, e.g., on a track and field surface, individuals generally prefer a thicker and stiffer plate relative to that selected for use at slow or moderate speeds. The perceived improvement in running economy can be on the order of at least one second over four hundred meters which corresponds to approximately two to three percent improvement in athletic performance. The superior spring element 47 or anterior spring element 48 can store energy when loaded during the latter portion of the stance phase and early portion of the propulsive phase of the running cycle, and then release that energy during the latter portion of the propulsive phase. Accordingly, the anterior spring element 48 provides not only deflection for attenuating shock and vibration associated with impact events, but can also provide a relatively high level of mechanical efficiency by storing and possibly returning in excess of 70 percent of the energy imparted thereto. In contrast, most conventional prior art athletic footwear soles including foam midsoles and rubber outsoles have a spring to dampening ratio somewhere between 40-60 percent. The preferred article of footwear 22 can then afford a wearer with greater mechanical efficiency and running economy than most conventional prior art athletic footwear.
Further, unlike the conventional foam materials used in prior art articles of footwear such as ethylene vinyl acetate which can become compacted and take a compression set, the spring elements 51 used in the present invention are not substantially subject to compression set degradation due to repetitive loading. The degradation of conventional foam materials can cause injury to a wearer, as when a broken down midsole results in a wearer's foot being unnaturally placed in a supinated or pronated position as opposed to a more neutral position, or when a compacted foam midsole in the forefoot area 58 causes a wearer's metatarsals to drop out of normal orientation or to unnaturally converge. Further, the quality of cushioning provided by conventional foam materials such as ethylene vinyl acetate or polyurethane rapidly degrades as the material becomes compacted and takes a compression set. In contrast, the spring elements 51 taught in the present invention do not substantially suffer from these forms of degradation, rather provide substantially the same performance and geometric integrity after extended use as when new. Further, in the event of a fatigue or catastrophic failure of a spring element, the damaged part can simply be removed and replaced. The desired thickness of the superior spring element 47, or posterior spring element 49 for the rearfoot area 68 of an article of footwear intended for running use when using standard modulus 33 Msi thermoset uni-directional prepreg carbon fiber composite material is approximately in the range between 2.0 - 4.0 mm, and in particular, at least 2.0 mm, and about 2.25 mm or .0885 inches for an individual weighing between 100-140 pounds, about 2.5 mm or .0985 inches for an individual weighing between 140-160 pounds, about 2.75 mm or .108 inches for an individual weighing between 160-180 pounds, about 3.0 mm or .118 inches for an individual weighing between 180-200 pounds, and about 3.25 mm or .1275 inches for an individual weighing between 200-225 pounds. It can be advantageous for the sake of robustness that the thickness of the inferior spring element 50 be equal to, or slightly greater than that of the corresponding superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 in the rearfoot area 68, as the inferior spring element 50 has a more complex curved shape and is subject to direct repetitive impact events. Accordingly, the desired thickness of the inferior spring element 50 for an article of footwear for running use when using standard modulus 33 Msi thermoset uni-directional prepreg carbon fiber material is approximately in the range between 2.0 - 4.0 mm, and in particular, about 2.5 mm or .0985 inches for an individual weighing between 100-120 pounds, 2.75 mm or .108 inches for an individual weighing between 120-140 pounds, 3.0 mm or .118 inches for an individual weighing between 140-160 pounds, 3.25 mm or .1275 inches for an individual weighing between 160-180 pounds, 3.5 mm or .138 inches for an individual weighing between 180-200 pounds, and 3.75 mm or .1475 inches for an individual weighing between 200-225 pounds. Different individuals can have different preferences with respect to the thickness and stiffness of various spring element components regardless of their body weight, and this can be due to their having different running styles or different habitual average running speeds. During normal walking activity the magnitude of the loads generated are commonly in the range between one to two body weights, whereas during normal running activity the magnitude of the loads generated are commonly in the range between two to three body weights. Accordingly, the flexural modulus of a spring element for use in an article of footwear primarily intended for walking can be reduced relative to an article of footwear intended for running, thus the thickness and / or stiffness of the spring element can be reduced. When the superior spring element 47 consists of a single part, the thickness can vary and be tapered from the posterior side 34 to the anterior side 33, that is, the part can gradually become thinner moving in the direction of the anterior side 33. This can be accomplished by reducing the number of layers during the building of the part and / or with the use of compressive forces during the molding or curing process. When the superior spring element 47 consists of two parts, e.g., an anterior spring element 48 and a posterior spring element 49, the parts can be made in different thickness. Alternately, the posterior spring element 49 can be made of a higher modulus material having a given thickness, and the anterior spring element 48 can be made of a lower modulus material having the same thickness, thus the two parts can have the same thickness but nevertheless provide different and desired spring and dampening characteristics.
Alternately, the number of fiber composite layers, the type of fiber and resin composition of the layers, the inclusion of a .core material, and the geometry and orientation of the layers, can be varied so as to create areas of differential stiffness in a spring element 51. For example, the inferior spring element 50 can project from the superior spring element 47 with the flexural axis 59 orientated consistent with a transverse axis, that is, at approximately 90' degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis 69 provided that the aforementioned variables concerning the fiber composite layers are suitably engineered so as to render the medial side 35 of the inferior spring element 50 approximately 2- 3 times stiffer than the lateral side 36, that is, in an article of footwear intended for walking or running activity.
Further, the configuration of a spring element 51, and in particular, an inferior spring element 50 having an flexural axis 59 orientated at approximately 90 degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis 69, can be configured so as to provide differential stiffness. For example, a portion of a spring element 51 can include transverse or longitudinal slits, notches, openings, a core material, or reduced thickness so as to exhibit areas of differential stiffness, as shown in Figure 10. U.S. 5,875,567, hereby incorporated by reference herein, recites several configurations and methods for achieving differential stiffness in the midfoot area 67 or rearfoot area 68 of an article of footwear. However, the projection of exposed portions of a spring element beyond the sides of a sole, as recited and shown in U.S. 5,875,567, could result in injury to the medial side of a wearer's leg during running. Further, the method and process recited therein relating to grinding or otherwise removing portions of a spring element for creating differential stiffness is not considered practical or economical with regards to conventional mass produced articles of footwear. In addition, given the common orientation of the foot of a wearer who would be characterized as a rearfoot striker during footstrike, an inferior spring element 50 having an flexural axis 59 orientated consistent with transverse axis 91 at 90 degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis 69 is not so advantageously disposed to receive repetitive loading and exhibit robustness during its service life relative to an inferior spring element 50 having an flexural axis 59 deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range between 10 and 50 degrees, as shown in Figures 9 and 10. In this regard, the foot of a wearer characterized as a rearfoot striker is normally somewhat dorsiflexed, supinated and abducted during footstrike, as recited in U.S. 5,425,184, and U.S. 5,625,964, hereby incorporated by reference herein. Accordingly, it can be advantageous for the flexural axis 59 of the inferior spring element 50 to be deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range 5 between 10 and 30 degrees in an article of footwear which is intended for walking use, or use by runners who tend to supinate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle, and for the flexural axis 59 of the inferior spring element 50 to be
10. deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range between 30 and 50 degrees in an article of footwear intended for use by runners who tend to pronate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle. Other teachings having possible merit
15 relating to differential stiffness in the rearfoot area of an article of footwear include, e.g., U.S. 4,506,462, U.S. 4,364,189, U.S. 5,201,125, U.S. 5,197,206, and U.S. 5,197,207, all of these patents hereby being incorporated by reference herein.
20 In order to make carbon fiber composite spring elements, it can be advantageous to create a form or mold. The form or mold can be made of wood, composite material, or metal. Prototype forms or molds can be made of thin sheets of stainless steel
25 which can be cut and bent into the desired configurations. The stainless steel can then be treated with a cleaner and appropriate release agent. For example, the stainless steel can be washed with WATERCLEAN and then dried, then given two coats of
30 SEALPROOF sealer and dried, and finally given two coats of WATERSHIELD release agent and dried, all of these products being made by Zyvax, Inc. of Boca Raton, Florida, and distributed by Technology Marketing, Inc. of Vancouver, Washington, and Salt Lake City, Utah. A "prepreg" uni-directional carbon fiber composite material including a peel-off protective layer that exposes a self-adhesive surface can then be cut to the approximate shapes of the desired spring element by a razor blade, scissors, cutting die, or water jet cutter. Suitable carbon fiber composite materials for use include F3 (C) 50K made by FORTAFIL, PANEX 33 made by ZOLTEK, AS4C made by HEXCEL, T300 made by TORAY / AMOCO, and the like. The individual layers of carbon fiber composite material can have a thickness of approximately .13 mm or .005 inches and be affixed to one another to build the desired thickness of the spring elements, but allowing for a reduction of approximately 10 percent due to shrinkage which commonly takes place during the curing process. The individual layers can be alternated in various orientations, e.g., some can be orientated parallel to the length of the desired spring element, and others inclined at 45 degrees to the left or right, or at 90 degrees. The stiffness in bending exhibited by the spring element in various orientations can thereby be engineered by varying the number, type, and orientation of the fiber composite layers.
Once the spring element components have been built by adhering the desired number, type, and orientation of glass or carbon fiber composite layers together, the spring element can be rolled or placed under pressure and applied to the stainless steel prototype form or mold. When making prototype spring elements, the carbon fiber composite lay-up including the stainless steel form or mold can be wrapped in a peel ply or perforated release film such as Vac-Pak E 3760 or A 5000 Teflon ® FEP, then wrapped in a bleeder such as A 3000 Resin Bleeder/Breather or RC- 3000-10A polyester which will absorb excess resin which could leach from the spring elements during curing. This assembly can then be enclosed in a vacuum bagging film, e.g., a Vak-Pak ® Co-Extruded Nylon Bagging Film such as Vac-Pak HS 800 and all mating edges can be sealed with the use of a sealant tape such as Schnee Morehead vacuum bag tacky tape, or RAP RS200. A vacuum valve can be installed in functional relation to the vacuum bagging film before the vacuum bag is completely sealed. The vacuum valve can be subsequently connected to an autoclave vacuum hose and a vacuum pump, and the assembly can be checked for leaks before placing it in an oven for curing. The entire assembly, while under constant vacuum pressure, can then be placed into an oven and heated at a temperature of approximately 250 degrees Fahrenheit for one to two hours in order to effect setting and curing of the carbon fiber composite spring elements . Upon removal from the oven and cooling, the vacuum bag can be opened and the cured carbon fiber composite spring elements can be removed from within the bleeder and the peel ply or release film, and separated from the stainless steel form or mold. The spring element parts can then possibly be cut or trimmed with a grinder or with the use of water jet cutting equipment, then the fasteners 29 can be affixed and the spring element installed in functional relation to the upper and outsole of a prototype article of footwear. The method of making fiber composite materials in a production setting differs depending upon whether thermoplastic or thermoset materials are being used. For example, thermoplastic carbon fiber composite materials including their resin coatings are commonly available in flat sheet stock. Parts can then be cut from these sheets using water jet cutting equipment. These parts can then be preheated for a short time in an oven in order to reach a temperature below but relatively close to the melt point of the thermoplastic material, thus rendering the part moldable . Production molds are commonly milled from aluminum, then polished and treated with a non-stick coating and release agent. The cost of a single aluminum production mold is approximately $2,500. The parts can then be placed into a relatively cold mold and subjected to pressure as the part is permitted to cool. The parts can then be removed and inspected for possible use. One manufacturer of thermoset fiber composite parts is
Performance Materials Corporation of 1150 Calle Suerte, Camarillo, California 93012.
The production method and process is different when a thermoset carbon fiber composite uni- directional prepreg material is being used to make a desired part. The uncured layered thermoset part is commonly placed into an aluminum mold which has been preheated to a desired temperature. The mold is closed and the part is then subjected to both heat and pressure. In this regard, the set and cure time of thermoset fiber composite materials is temperature dependent. Generally, the set and cure time for thermoset parts will be about one hour given a temperature of- 250 degrees Fahrenheit. However, it is often possible for the same thermoset parts to reach their gel state and take a set, whereupon the shape of the part will be stable, in about one half hour given a temperature of 270 degrees Fahrenheit, in about fifteen minutes given a temperature of 290 degrees Fahrenheit, or in about seven minutes given a temperature of 310 degrees Fahrenheit. Having once reached their gel state and taken a set, the thermoset parts can then be removed from the mold. The parts.can later be placed in an oven and subjected to one to two hours of exposure to a temperature of 250 degrees Fahrenheit in order to complete the curing process. Moreover, Structural Polymer Systems, Inc. of San Diego, California makes a "quick cure" thermoset material identified by their product code number 2510 which can completely cure in ten minutes given a temperature of 250 degrees Fahrenheit , and perhaps even faster at higher temperatures. One manufacturer of thermoset fiber composite parts is Quatro Composites of 12544 Kirkham Court, Number 16, Poway, California 92064.
Alternative methods of making fiber composite parts can include the use of light cure technology, compression molding, injection molding, reaction injection molding, and also pulltrusion. Compression molding, injection molding, and reaction injection molding have been widely used in the automotive industry, e.g., the body of the Corvette largely consists of fiber composite construction. Thermoplastic materials, or alternately, thermoset materials including polymers, resins, or epoxies which can be rubber toughened including glass fiber, aramide fiber, carbon fiber, or boron fiber materials, and the like, having a relatively long fiber length can be used. For example, Dow Chemical Company of Midland, MI makes SPECTRUM ® reaction moldable polymer which has been used to make automobile body parts, and LNP Engineering Plastics of Exton, PA makes THERMOCOMP ® and VERTON ® thermoplastic materials which can include long carbon fibers. Further, PPG of Pittsburgh, PA, Corning, of Corning, NY, and Vetrotex of Valley Forge, PA, are makers of electrical and structural grade fiberglass products .
Figure 2 is a top view showing the superior side 37 of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1. Shown are the tip 25, vamp 52, insole 55, anterior side 33, posterior side 34, medial side 35, and lateral side 36 of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22. Also shown is the forefoot area 58, midfoot area 67, rearfoot area 68, and position approximately corresponding to the weight bearing center of the heel 57.
Figure 3 is a bottom view showing the inferior side 38 of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1. Shown is an outsole 43 having a tread or ground engaging surface 53 consisting of anterior outsole element 44 that includes lines of flexion 54, and a posterior outsole element 46 that extends substantially within the midfoot area 67 and rearfoot area 68. Alternately, posterior outsole element 46 can be made in two portions, that is, a posterior outsole element 46.1 positioned adjacent the posterior side 34 in the rearfoot area 68, and a stabilizer 63 having a generally triangular shape positioned substantially in the midfoot area 67. For the sake of brevity, both options have been shown simultaneously in Figure 3. It can be readily understood that stabilizer 63 can be made in various configurations, and various different stiffness in compression options can be made in order to optimize desired performance characteristics such as cushioning and stability for an individual wearer, or a target population of wearers. In this regard, a stabilizer 63 can include a foam material, gas filled bladders, viscous fluids, gels, textiles, thermoplastic materials, and the like.
Figure 4 is a medial side view of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1, with parts broken away. Shown in Figure 4 is a two part outsole 43 consisting of anterior outsole element 44, and posterior outsole element 46, each having a backing 30. Also shown are the upper 23, including a tip 25, vamp 52, heel counter 24, fasteners 29, and insole 31. The insole 31 can be made of a foamed or blown neoprene rubber material including a textile cover and having a thickness of approximately 3.75 mm, or a SORBOTHANE ®, or PORON ® polyurethane foam material including a textile cover. The insole 31 preferably includes a light cure material for providing a custom fit in accordance with U.S. 5,632,057 granted to the present inventor, hereby incorporated by reference herein. The superior spring element 51 underlies the insole 31 and can be configured to approximate the shape of the insole 31 and last bottom about which the upper 23 can be affixed during the manufacturing process, or alternately, to a soft data storage and retrieval computer software three dimensional model relating to the configuration and pattern of the upper 23 of the article of footwear.
The spring element 51 can consist of a plurality of portions, and preferably three portions, an anterior spring element 48, a posterior spring element 49, and an inferior spring element 50 which can be affixed together in functional relation, e.g., with the use of fasteners 29, and the like. The anterior spring element 48 can underlay a substantial portion of the forefoot area 58 and is preferably affixed to the posterior spring element 49 in the forefoot area 58 or midfoot area 67 posterior of a position in the range between approximately 60-70 percent of the length of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22 as measured from the posterior side 34, that is, a position posterior of the metatarsal- phalangeal joints of a wearer's foot when the article of footwear 22 is donned. The metatarsal-phalangeal joints are located at approximately 70 percent of foot length on the medial side 35 of the foot, and at approximately 60 percent of foot length on the lateral side 36 of the foot. Accordingly the anterior spring element 48 can underlay the metatarsal-phalangeal joints of the foot and energy can temporarily be stored and later released to generate propulsive force when the anterior spring element 48 undergoes bending during the stance and propulsive phases of the running cycle. The anterior spring element 48 can be selectively and removably attached and renewed in the event of damage or failure. Further, a wearer can select from anterior spring elements 48 having different configurations and stiffness, and therefore customize the desired stiffness of the anterior spring element 48 in an article of footwear 22. For example, different individuals having different body weight, running styles, or characteristic running speeds could desire anterior spring elements 48 having different stiffness .
Likewise, the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 46 can be selectively and removably affixed to the inferior spring element 50 in the rearfoot area 68 or midfoot area 67 of the article of footwear 22. Accordingly the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 can underlay a substantial portion of the wearer's rearfoot and perhaps a portion of the wearer's midfoot and energy can be stored during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle and released in the later portion of the stance and propulsive phases of the running cycle to provide propulsive force. The anteriormost portion of wearer's rearfoot on the lateral side of the foot is consistent with the junction between the calcaneus and cuboid bones of the foot which is generally in the range between 25-35 percent of a given foot length and that of a corresponding size upper 23 of an article of footwear 22. The superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49, and inferior spring element 50 can be selectively and removably attached and renewed in the event of failure. Further, a wearer can select from superior spring elements 47 or posterior spring elements 49, and inferior spring elements 50 having different configurations and stiffness, and therefore customize the desired stiffness of these spring elements in an article of footwear 22. For example, different individuals having different weight, running styles, or characteristic running speeds could desire to select superior spring elements 47 or posterior spring elements 49, and inferior spring elements 50 having different stiffness.
Accordingly, the spring element 51 of a preferred article of footwear can consist of three portions, an anterior spring element 48 which is positioned anterior of at least approximately 70 percent of the length of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22 as measured from the posterior side 34, a posterior spring element 49 which extends anteriorly from proximate the posterior side 34 of the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22 and is affixed in functional relation to the anterior spring element 48, and an inferior spring element 50 which is affixed in functional relation to the posterior spring element 49. The inferior spring element 50 projects rearwards and downwards and extends beneath a substantial portion of the rearfoot area 68 of the article of footwear 22, that is, inferior spring element 50 can extend posterior of a position which corresponds to approximately 25-35 percent of the length of the upper 23 as measured from the posterior side 34. Alternately, the spring element 51 can be formed in two portions or a single part .
The elevation of the wearer's foot in the rearfoot area 68 measured under the weight bearing center of a wearer's heel 57 is preferably less than 30 mm, and is approximately 26 mm in a size 11 men's article of footwear 22, as shown in Figure 4. The elevation of the wearer's foot in the forefoot area 58 measured under the ball of the foot proximate the metatarsal-phalangeal joints is preferably less than 20 mm, and is approximately 16 mm in a size 11 men's article of footwear, as shown in Figure 4. The difference in elevation between the forefoot area 58 when measured under the ball of the foot and the rearfoot area 68 when measured under the weight bearing center of a wearer's heel 57 is preferably in the range between 8-12 mm, and is approximately 10 mm, as shown in Figure .
The preferred maximum amount of deflection as between the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50 is in the range between 8-15 mm for most athletic footwear applications. As shown in Figure 4, the maximum amount of deflection possible as between posterior spring element 49 and inferior spring element 50 is approximately 10 mm, and this amount of deflection is generally preferred for use in the rearfoot area 68 of a running shoe. It can be advantageous from the standpoint of injury prevention that the elevation of the rearfoot area 68 minus the maximum amount of deflection permitted between the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50 be equal to or greater than the elevation of the forefoot area 58. It can also be advantageous as concerns the longevity of the working life of the spring element 51 that the amount of deflection permitted be equal to or less than approximately 75 % the maximum distance between the proximate opposing sides of the spring element 51, that is, as between the inferior surface of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the superior surface of the inferior spring element 50. The preferred amount of deflection or compression under the wearer's foot in the forefoot area 58 is approximately 4-6 mm, and such can be provided by an insole 31 having a thickness of 3.75 mm in combination with an anterior outsole element 44 having a total thickness of 6.5 mm including a backing 30 having a thickness of approximately 1.5 mm and a tread or ground engaging portion 53 having a thickness of approximately 5 mm, and in particular, when the ground engaging portion 53 is made of a relatively soft and resilient material having good traction, and shock and vibration dampening characteristics. For example, a foamed natural or synthetic rubber or other elastomeric material can be suitable for use. If hypothetically, an outsole material having advantageous traction, and shock and vibration dampening characteristics only lasts 200 miles during use, that is, as opposed to perhaps 300 miles associated with a harder and longer wearing outsole material, this does not pose a practical problem, as the outsole 43 portions can be easily renewed in the present invention, whereas a conventional article of footwear would normally be discarded. Accordingly, it is possible to obtain better traction, and shock and vibration dampening characteristics in the present invention, as the durability of the outsole 43 portions is not such an important criteria.
Figure 5 is a lateral side view of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 1, with parts broken away. Shown in dashed lines is the medial aspect of the inferior spring element 50. Also shown is the flexural axis 59 which can be deviated in the range between 10 and 50 degrees from the transverse axis 91 of an article of footwear 22. It can be advantageous that the flexural axis 59 be deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range between 10-30 degrees in an article of footwear intended for use in walking, and generally in the range between 30-50 degrees in an article of footwear intended for use in running. As shown in Figures 4 and 5, the flexural axis 59 is deviated at about 35 degrees from the transverse axis 91 of the article of footwear 22.
It can be readily understood that posterior of the flexural axis 59 the length of the superior lever arm 60 and inferior lever arm 61 formed along the medial side 35 of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50 are shorter than the length of the corresponding superior lever arm 60.1 and inferior lever arm 61.1 formed along the lateral side 36 of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50. Accordingly, when the inferior spring element 50 is affixed in functional relation to the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and is subject to compressive loading, the inferior spring element 50 exhibits less stiffness in compression at the lateral and posterior corner, and increasing stiffness in compression both anteriorly and laterally. Again, it can be advantageous for enhancing rearfoot stability during walking or running that the spring element 51 including inferior spring element 50 exhibit approximately two to three times the stiffness in compression on the medial side 35 relative to the stiffness exhibited on the lateral side 36. Further, as shown in Figures 4 and 5, the inferior aspect of the spring element 51 has a concave configuration in the midfoot area 67, that is, between the inferiormost portion of the anterior spring element 48 in the forefoot area 58 and the inferiormost portion of the inferior spring element 50 in the rearfoot area 68. It can be readily understood that the configuration of this concavity
76 and the flexural modulus of the spring element 51, as well as the stiffness of the anterior outsole element 44, middle outsole element 45, posterior outsole element 46, anterior spacer 55, and posterior spacer 42 can be engineered to provide optimal cushioning characteristics such as deflection with respect to the midfoot area 67 and rearfoot area 68 for an individual wearer, or for a target population having similar needs and requirements. Figure 6 is a top view of a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 in the article of footwear 22 similar to that shown in Figure 2, but having a relatively more curved shape corresponding to a relatively more curve lasted upper 23 shown in dashed lines. Shown is a spring element 51 consisting of a single full length superior spring element 47.
Figure 7 is a top view of a two part lasting board 79 or spring element 51 consisting of anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 in the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 2, with the upper 23 shown in dashed lines.
Figure 8 is a top view of a two part lasting board 79 or spring element 51 consisting of anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 in an article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 2, but having a relatively more curved shape corresponding to a relatively more curve lasted upper 23 which is shown in dashed lines. The anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 can be affixed with three fasteners 29 in triangulation. The posterior spring element 48 can include a projection 70 proximate the longitudinal axis 69 of the article of footwear 22. The configuration of this projection 70 can at least partially determine the torsional rigidity of the assembled spring element 51 consisting of anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49, thus the degree to which the forefoot area 58 can be rotated inwards or outwards about the longitudinal axis 69. Further, the number, dimension, and location of the fasteners 29 used to affix the anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 can affect both the flexural modulus of the superior spring element 47 along the length of the longitudinal axis 69, but also rotationally about the longitudinal axis 69, that is, the torsional modulus of the superior spring element 47. A portion of the anterior spring element 48 is shown broken away in order to reveal the optional inclusion of an anterior spacer 55 between the anterior spring element 48 and the posterior spring element 49. As shown in Figure 8, an anterior spacer 55 which can possibly consist of a cushioning medium having desired spring and dampening characteristics can be inserted in the area between the anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49, that is, within an area of possible overlap as between the two components . The configuration and compressive, flexural, and torsional stiffness of an anterior spacer 55 can be used to modify the overall configuration and performance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22. In this regard, an anterior spacer 55 can have uniform height, or alternately an anterior spacer 55 can have varied height. Further, an anterior spacer 55 can exhibit uniform compressive, flexural, and torsional stiffness throughout, or alternately an anterior spacer 55 can exhibit different compressive, flexural, and torsional stiffness in different locations. These varied characteristics of an anterior spacer 55 can be used to enhance the cushioning, stability and overall performance of an article of footwear 22 for a unique individual wearer, or for a target population of wearers. For example, an anterior spacer 55 having an inclined or wedge shape can be used to decrease the rate and magnitude of pronation, supination, and inward or outward rotation of portions of a wearer's foot during portions of the walking or running gait cycle, and can also possibly correct for anatomical conditions such as varus or valgus . The relevant methods and techniques for making corrections of this kind are relatively well known to qualified medical doctors, podiatrists, and physical therapists. See also the following prior art references, U.S. 4,399,620, U.S. 4,578,882, U.S. 4,620,376, U.S.
4,642,911, U.S. 4,949,476, and U.S. 5,921,004, all of these patents hereby being incorporated by reference herein. Normally, an anterior spacer 55 having an inclined wedge shape that increases in height from the lateral to the medial side, or one which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the medial side can be used to compensate for a forefoot varus condition, whereas an anterior spacer 55 having an inclined wedge shape that increases in height from the medial to the lateral side, or one which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the lateral side can be used to compensate for a forefoot valgus condition. An individual with a profound anatomical condition such as varus or valgus, or having a history of injury would be prudent to consult with a trained medical doctor when contemplating modification to their articles of footwear. Further, an anterior spacer 55 can also have a wedge or complex curved shape along the longitudinal axis 69 , that is, in the posterior to anterior orientation, and various configurations of an anterior spacer 55 can be provided which can be used to modify the amount of toe spring 62 and the overall conformance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22, as desired.
Figure 9 is a bottom view of the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 3, with the anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 removed to reveal the anterior spring element 48, posterior spring element 49, and inferior spring element 50. The flexural axis 59 of inferior spring element 50 is deviated approximately 35 degrees from the transverse axis 91. This configuration can be advantageous for use by distance runners who tend to pronate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle. Further, a portion of the inferior spring element 50 is shown broken away to reveal the optional use of a posterior spacer 42 which can serve a role in functional relation to the inferior spring element 50 and the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 analogous to that of the anterior spacer 55 which can be used as between the anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49. Further, a posterior spacer 42 can also have a wedge or complex curved shape along the longitudinal axis 69, that is, in the posterior to anterior orientation, and various configurations of a posterior spacer 42 can be provided which can be used to modify the overall conformance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22, as desired. Figure 10 is a bottom view of an alternate article of footwear 22 with the anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 removed to reveal anterior spring element 48, posterior spring element 49 and an alternate configuration of inferior spring element 50. The flexural axis 59 of inferior spring element 50 is deviated approximately 20 degrees from the transverse axis 91. This configuration can be advantageous for use by walkers, or by runners who tend to supinate during the braking and stance phases of the running cycle. The anterior spring element 48, posterior spring element 49, and inferior spring element 50 are shown affixed together in an overlapping relationship in Figures 9 and 10. However, it can be readily understood that various components of a spring element 51 can be affixed in function relation with the use of adhesives, mating male and female parts such as tongue and groove, or other configurations and devices known in the prior art .
The possible use of notches 71 or openings 72 in order to diminish the stiffness in bending or flexural modulus exhibited by a portion of spring element 51, and two substantially transverse lines of flexion 54 is also shown in Figure 10. Shown with a dashed line 90 in Figure 10, and also in medial side view in Figure 14, is the possible inclusion of a rocker 87 configuration in the forefoot area 58 of the sole 32 an article of footwear 22. It can be advantageous for the point of greatest elevation of the rocker 87 to be located approximately in the range between 1-4 cm posterior of the metatarsal- phalangeal joints. The location of the first metatarsal-phalangeal joint 88 on the medial side 35 of an average wearer's foot is normally at slightly less than seventy percent of foot length, and the location of the fifth metatarsal-phalangeal joint 89 on the lateral side 36 is normally at slightly greater than sixty percent of foot length as measured from the posterior side 34 of the wearer's foot. Accordingly, a rocker 87 can be positioned in the range between 1-4 cm behind a generally transverse and slightly diagonal line which can be drawn as between these two approximate positions for any given size article of footwear.
Figure 11 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 1, with parts broken away, but having a forefoot area 58 without substantial toe spring 62. This particular article of footwear 22 can be suitable for use in activities such as tennis, volleyball, or basketball.
Figure 12 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 11, with parts broken away, having a forefoot area 58 without substantial toe spring 62, but including an anterior outsole element 44, foam midsole 26, and upper 23 which are affixed together with the use of adhesives. Figure 13 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 12, with parts broken away, having a forefoot area 58 without substantial toe spring 62, but including a detachable anterior outsole element 44 and foam midsole 26.
Figure 14 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 similar to that shown in Figure 4, further including a spring guard 40. The spring guard 40 can be made of a relatively soft resilient material such as a foam material, or a natural or synthetic rubber. The spring guard 40 can prevent foreign matter from becoming lodged in the area proximate the junction of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and the inferior spring element 50, thus can prevent damage to, spring element 51. The spring guard 40 can be affixed to the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49, or to the inferior spring element 50, or to both portions of the spring element 51. Alternately, the spring guard 40 can form a portion and extension of posterior spacer 42, as shown in Figure 18. Further, the spring guard 40 can also serve as a vibration decay time modifier 41, as shown in Figure 20. Also shown in Figure 14 is the approximate position of the first metatarsal- phalangeal joint 88 on the medial side 35, and a sole 32 or outsole 43 including a rocker 87 configuration in,, the forefoot area 58. As shown, the rocker 87 configuration can be formed and substantially consist of a portion of the sole 32 or outsole 43, or alternately, the rocker 87 configuration can be formed at least in part by an inferiorly protruding portion of the lasting board 79 or spring element 51, and in particular, the anterior spring element 48.
Figure 15 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away, having a upper 23 including a sleeve 39 for accommodating the superior spring element 47. The sleeve 39 can be formed in a portion of the upper 23 inferior to the insole 31, and can possibly consist of portion of the t-sock 56. The spring element 51 can include an inferior spring. element 50, and a superior spring element 47 that can include an anterior spring element 48 and a posterior. spring element 49. The superior spring element 47 can be positioned within sleeve 39, thus at least partially retaining the superior spring element 47 in functional relation to the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22.
Further, in contrast with the configuration of inferior spring element 50 shown in Figure 16, an alternate inferior spring element 50.1 is shown in Figure 15. The .alternate inferior spring element 50.1 descends from proximate the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring■' element 49 and attains maximum separation therefrom. The inferior spring element 50.1 can then possibly extend posteriorly in a parallel relationship with respect to the overlaying superior spring element 47. However, the inferior spring element 50.1 then recurves or curls up slightly as the inferior spring element 50.1 extends towards the posterior side 34 of the article of footwear 22. In particular, the inferior spring element 50.1 curls up slightly in the range between approximately 5-15 degrees as it extends towards the posteridr side 34 and lateral side 36 \corner of the sole 32 [of the article of footwear 22.
Figure 16 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, with parts broken away. However, this,, alternate embodiment does not include an additional covering such as a coating, textile, or outsole 43 on the inferior side of the upper 23, as shown in Figure 4. Accordingly, the inferior side of the upper 23 is in direct contact With the superior side of the backing 30 of the outsole 43, that is, anterior outsole element 44 and posterior outsole element 46 when the article of footwear 22 'is assembled. , Further, in ah alternate embodiment of the present invention, tl/e backing 30 of an outsole 43 can be made of a material having sufficient flexural modulus and j/eϊsilience as to simultaneously serve as a spring element of the article of footwear, as shown in Figur.e lβ • Accordingly, the anterior- spring element can Consist of two portions, anterior spring element 48, and anterior spring element 48.1, which also serves as the backing 30 of anterior outsole element 4 -
In the a tc e of footwear shown in Figure 16, hen a line is drawn parallel to the ground support surface and tangent to the inferior surface of the superior spring element 47 in the forefoot area 58, the approximate slope of the superior spring element 47 as it extends posteriorly is approximately five degrees. When affixed in functional ^relation to the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49', the inferior spring element 50 projects' downwards and rearwards therefrom before attaining the desired amount of separation between the components which at least partially determines the maximum amount of deflection that the resulting spring element 51 can provide. As shown in Figure 16 and several other drawing figures, once the inferior spring element 50 descends and attains the- desired amount of separation the inferior sprin element 50 extends posteriorly in a substantially parallel relationship with respect to the corresponding overlaying portion of the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49. Accordingly, after descending from proximate .the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element ,49 and establishing the desired amount of separation the inferior spring element 50' does not recurve or curl back upwards as it extends .towards the posterior side 34 of the article of- footwear 22... Instefid7~"i-t is .known in prior art articles of footwear, and can also be advantageous in the present . invention for a portion of the outsole 43, near the posterior aide 34, and in particular,.- proximate the posterior side 34 and lateral side 36 corner, to be sloped upwards in the range between 5-15 degrees, and in particular, approximately 12-13 degrees. However, the configuration of the article of footwear 22, e.g., the amount of toe spring 62 and the aforementioned slope of the superior spring element 47 can influence or determine the amount of slope which is advantageous to incorporate in this portion of the outsole 43.
Figure 17 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 4, having a upper 23 affixed to superior spring element 47, with parts broken away. The upper 23 is affixed to the top or superior surface of superior spring element 47, thus the superior spring element 47 can be exposed on its bottom or inferior surface. Accordingly, the superior surface of the outsole 43 portions including backing 30 can be placed in direct contact with the superior spring element 47 when they are affixed into position.
Figure 18 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 similar to that shown in
Figure 17, further including a posterior spacer 42. As shown in Figure 18, a posterior spacer 42 can include a spring guard 40. As shown in Figure 20, a spring guard 40 can further include a vibration decay time modifier 41. The posterior spacer 42 can serve to at least partially isolate the superior spring element 47, upper 23 and wearer from the transmission of shock and vibration which could be imparted by the inferior spring element 50 and posterior outsole element 46 caused by an impact event.
It can be readily understood that a posterior spacer 42 can serve a purpose analogous to that of anterior spacer 55, and vice-versa. Accordingly, a posterior spacer 42 can consist of a cushioning medium having desired spring and dampening characteristics. The posterior spacer 42 can be inserted between the inferior spring element 50 and posterior spring element 49, that is, within an area of possible overlap as. between the two components. The configuration and stiffness of a posterior spacer 42 can be used to modify the overall configuration and performance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22. In this regard, a posterior spacer 42 can have uniform height, or alternately a posterior spacer 42 can have varied height. Further, a . posterior spacer 42 can exhibit uniform compressive, flexural, or torsional stiffness throughout,, or alternately can exhibit different properties in different locations. These varied characteristics of a posterior spacer '42 can be used to enhajϊpe the cushioning and / of: stability of an article of footwear 22 for-aa unique individual wearer, or for a target population of wearers.
For example, a posterior spacer 42 having an inclined or wedge shape can be used to decrease the rate and magnitude of pronation, supination, inward or outward rotation of portions- of a wearer's foot during phases of the walking or running gait cycle, and can also possibly correct for anatomical conditions, such as varus or valgus. Again, the relevant methods and techniques for making corrections of this kind are relatively well known to qualified medical doctors, podiatrists, and physical therapists. Normally, a posterior spacer 42 having an inclined wedge snape that .increases in height from the lateral to the medial side, or a -posterior spacer 42 which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the medial side can be used, to reduce the magnitude and rate of rearfoot pronation, whereas a posterior spacer 42 having an inclined wedge shape that increases in height from the medial to the lateral side, or a posterior spacer 42 which exhibits greater stiffness in compression on the lateral side can be used to reduce the magnitude and rate of rearfoot supination. An individual having a profound/' anatomical condition such as varus or valgus, an individual who dramatically pronates or supinates, or an individual who has a history of injury would be prudent to consult with a .trained medical doctor when contemplating modification to their articles of footwear.
It can be readily understood that with the use of an anterior spacer 55 positioned between anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49, and.a posterior spacer, 42 positioned between the superior—spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 ana the inferior spring, element 50, that the configuration and functional relationship as between the forefoot area '58, midfoot area 67, and rearfoot area 68 of an 'article of footwear 22 can be adjusted an customised as cfeslred by an individual nearer. Further, the use of an anterior spacer 55 and / or posterior spacer 42 having a select configuration can be used to adjust the amount of support provided by a superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 which can possibly further include contours for. mating with the complex curved shapes of a wearer.' s foot. For example, it is possible to customize the amount of support that is provided to the medial longitudinal, lateral longitudinal and transverse arches, and to the sides of a wearer's foot.
Figure 19 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 having a posterior spacer 22 including a spring guard 40, and also a vibration decay time modifier 41 having a stem 64 and a head 65. The vibration decay time modifier 41 can be affixed in function relation to a portion of spring element 51, and in particular, a portion of an inferior spring element 50. The head 65 of the vibration decay time modifier 41 can be dimensioned and configured for vibration substantially free of contact with a spring element 51 in directions which substantially encompass a 360 degree arc and normal to the longitudinal axis of the stem 64, that is, when the vibration decay time modifier 41 is initially excited by shock and vibration. When the superior spring element 47 or posterior spring element 49 and inferior spring element 50 are subjected to compressive loading a vibration decay time modifier 41 can also serve as a stop and prevent any possible impact between these elements. The inclusion of a posterior spacer 42 and / or a vibration decay time modifier 41 can partially attenuate shock and vibration associated with impact events associated with movements such as walking or running, and can reduce the vibration decay time following an impact event. This can serve to enhance comfort, proprioception, reduce local trauma, and possibly solicit greater application of force and improved athletic performance. Generally, the efficiency of a vibration decay time modifier will be enhanced the closer it is positioned in functional relation to a negative nodal point . When properly configured and placed proximate the negative nodal point of an object or implement, relatively little mass is required in order to substantially prevent, or alternately, to attenuate resonant vibration within fractions of a second. A negative nodal point is a point at which a substantial portion of the vibration energy in an excited object or implement will pass when it is excited by energy associated with an impact or other vibration producing event. Discussion of modes of vibration and negative nodal points can be found in Arthur H. Benade, Fundamentals of Musical Acoustics, 2nd edition, New York: Dover Publications, 1990, Harry F. Olson, Music, Physics and Engineering, 2nd edition, New York: Dover Publications, 1967, and U.S. Patent 3,941,380 granted to Francois Rene Lacoste on March 2, 1976, this patent hereby being incorporated by reference herein.
A technology taught by Steven C. Sims in U.S. 5,362,046, granted November 4, 1994, this patent hereby being incorporated by reference herein, has been commercialized by Wilson Sporting Goods, Inc. into the SLEDGEHAMMER ® INTUNE ® tennis rackets, and by Hillerich and Bradsby Company, Inc. in the LOUISVILLE SLUGGER ® SIMS STINGSTOP ® aluminum baseball and Softball bats, as well as the POWERBUILT ®
SIMS SHOCK RELIEF ® golf club line, and LIMBSAVER ® product for archery. These products substantially eliminate the vibration and stinging associated with impact events experienced by a wielder's hands. Certain aspects of the aforementioned teachings can be applied in the present invention in order to accomplish a similar results with regards to an article of footwear 22 and the lower extremities of a wearer.
The source of shock and vibration can derive from a relatively controlled and harmonic movement, such as when a wearer repeatedly impacts the pavement while running in an article of footwear 22. Further, the source of shock and vibration can be random in nature, as when a wearer rides a wheeled vehicle such as a bicycle or motorcycle over rough terrain. Alternately, the source of shock and vibration can be constant and mechanically driven as when a wearer rides a bicycle, or a motor vehicle such as a motorcycle or snowmobile. A shock wave, that is, a shock pulse or discontinuity can travel at the speed of sound in a given medium. In the human body, the speed of sound in bone is approximately 3,200 meters / second, and in soft tissue approximately 1,600 meters / second. A shock wave traveling in a relatively dense fluid medium such as water has approximately five times the power that it does in a less dense fluid medium such as air. It is important to recognize that the human body is largely comprised of water and like fluid medium.
When a metal bell is struck, the bell will resonate and continue to ring for an extended time while the vibration energy is gradually dampened out. When a small bell is rung, one can place one's hand upon it and silence it. In that case, the primary dampening means for attenuating the resulting shock and vibration is the anatomy of the human subject. The same thing can happen when an impact event takes place as between an individual's foot and the materials which are used in an athletic shoe, and a running surface . When an individual runs on an asphalt surface in running shoes, the sound of the impact event that one hears is the audible portion of the shock wave that has been generated as result of the impact . Many individuals know from experience that a vibrating implement or object can numb the hands. This is even more true when the source of the vibration is continuous and driven as when power equipment is being used. Associated with that numbness can be pain, reduced sensation and proprioception, and reduced muscular effort and performance as the body responds to protect itself from a perceived source of trauma and injury. Chronic exposure to high levels of vibration can result in a medical condition known as white finger disease. Generally, the lower extremities of most individuals are not subject to high levels of driven vibration. However, bicycle riders wearing relatively rigid articles of footwear can experience constant driven vibration, thus their feet can become numb or "go to sleep" over time. Motorcycle riders can also experience the same phenomenon.
The preferred article of footwear includes spring and dampening means for at least partially attenuating shock and vibration, that is, the initial shock pulse, pressure wave, or discontinuity and associated peak g's that are imparted to a wearer due to an impact event . At a cellular or molecular level, such vibration energy is believed to disturb normal functions such as blood flow in tendon tissue. Given appropriate engineering with respect to the characteristic or desired spring stiffness, mass, deflection, frequency, dampening, and percent transmissibility, an article of footwear of the present invention can partially attenuate shock and vibration. Viscous, friction, and mechanical dampening means can be used to attain this end. It is known that the mean power frequency associated with the rearfoot impact event in running generally corresponds to 20 Herz, and that of the forefoot to 5 Herz . The design and configuration, as well as the spring and dampening characteristics of a spring element 51, posterior spacer 42, and vibration decay time modifier 41 can be engineered so as to target these frequencies and provide a specific characteristic tuned mechanical response.
An anterior spacer 55, posterior spacer 42, and vibration decay time modifier 41 can be made of a cushioning medium such as a natural or synthetic rubber material, or a resilient elastomer such as polyurethane. In this regard, thermoset or thermoplastic materials can be used. Thermoplastic materials can be less expensive to produce as they can be readily injection molded. In contrast, thermoset materials- are often compression molded using a relatively time and energy consuming vulcanization process. However, some thermoset materials can possess superior dampening properties and durability. Dampening materials which can be cured with the use of ultrasonic energy, microwave, visible or ultraviolet light, radio frequency, or other portions of the electromagnetic spectrum can be used. Room temperature cure elastomers, such as moisture or evaporation cure, or catalytic cure resilient materials can also be used. A suitable dampening material can be made of a butyl, chloroprene, polynorborene , neoprene, or silicone rubber, and the like. Alternately, a dampening material can be made of an elastomeric material such as polyurethane, or SORBOTHANE ®. Suitable hybrid thermoplastic and rubber combinations can also be used, including dynamically vulcanized alloys which can be injection molded such as those produced by Advanced Elastomer Systems, 338 Main Street, Akron, Ohio 44311, e.g., SANTOPRENE ®, VYRAM ®, GEOLAST ®, and TREFSIN ®. SANTOPRENE ® is known to consist of a combination of butyl rubber and ethylene-propylene . Generally, other materials developed for use in the audio industry for dampening vibration such as EAR ISODAMP ®, SINATRA ®, EYDEX ®, and the like, or combinations thereof, can be used. Fillers such as organic or inorganic microspheres, carbon black or other conventional fillers can be used. Plasticizing agents such as fluids or oils can be used to modify the physical and mechanical properties of the dampening material in a desired manner. The preferred dampening material has transition characteristics suitable for the expected operational temperature of an article of footwear 22, and other physical and mechanical properties well suited to dampen shock and vibration and reduce vibration decay time .
It can be advantageous that the dampening material used to make a solitary vibration decay time modifier 41 including a stem 64 and a head 65 have a hardness in the range of 10-30 durometer, and preferably approximately 20 durometer on the Shore A scale. A relatively soft dampening material is capable a dampening a wide range of exciting vibration frequencies, and also relatively low vibration frequencies. However, a harder dampening material having greater shear and tear strength can sometimes be advantageous for use when making an anterior spacer 55 or posterior spacer 42 due to the magnitude of the loads which can be placed upon these components during use. A vibration decay time modifier 41 can be affixed to spring element 51 by conventional means such as adhesive, mechanically mating parts, chemical bonding, heat and pressure welding, radio frequency welding, compression molding, injection molding, photocuring, and the like .
In a conventional article of footwear having a foam midsole and rubber outsole, the materials located between the wearer's foot and the inferior ground engaging surface of the outsole normally become compressed during footstrike and subsequent loading of the sole. During compressive loading the stiffness of these materials increases linearly or geometrically and as result the ability of the sole to dampen shock and vibration rapidly diminishes. Further, the area of the sole which transmits most of the shock and vibration can be relatively small and localized. In this regard, the energy associated with a shock pulse or- discontinuity passes tends to pass quickly by the shortest route and through the hardest or stiffest material in which it is in communication. Again, the transmission of shock and vibration is extremely fast in the human body and the materials used in conventional articles of footwear. In a conventional article of footwear, the shock and vibration resulting from impact with the support surface is rapidly transmitted through the outsole, midsole, upper and insole and into a wearer's foot.
However, in the present invention the shock and vibration generated proximate the inferior ground engaging surface 53 of the outsole 43 must travel anteriorly along the outsole 43 and inferior spring element 50 before being transmitted to the superior spring element 47, upper 23 and wearer, thus for a greater distance relative to a conventional article of footwear. This affords more time and space in which to attenuate and dampen shock and vibration. Further, in the present invention the outsole 43 can be made of a softer material having better shock and vibration dampening characteristics than is normally the case in a conventional article of footwear. In addition, a posterior spacer 42 can serve as a shock and vibration isolator between the inferior spring element 50 and the superior spring element 47, upper 23, and wearer's foot. Moreover, as shown in Figures 19 and 20, at least one vibration decay time modifier 41 can be positioned in direct communication with inferior spring element 50 in order to dampen shock and vibration before it can be transmitted to a wearer. Accordingly, the present invention can provide a wearer with enhanced cushioning, shock and vibration isolation, and dampening effects relative to conventional footwear constructions. Figure 20 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 including a posterior spacer 42 similar to that shown in Figure 18. As shown in Figure 20, a posterior spacer 42 can include a spring guard 40 and at least one protrusion which can be configured and engineered to serve as a vibration decay time modifier 41.
Figure 21 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 1, but having various components including the upper 23, spring element 51, and outsole 43 affixed together with the use of adhesives in the manner of a conventional article of footwear. Figure 22 is a bottom view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 3, having a spring element 51 configured for accommodating a detachable bicycle cleat 73. The article of footwear 22 can then serve as bicycling shoe, and possibly also as a functional upper 23 for an in-line skate, as taught in the applicant's co-pending U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 09/228,206 entitled "Wheeled Skate With Step- in Binding And Brakes," hereby incorporated by reference herein. Also shown in Figure 22 is flexural axis 59, and with the use of a dashed line, an alternate position of flexural axis 59.1 with reference to the longitudinal axis 69. It can be readily understood that other more anterior or more posterior positions of a flexural axis 59 with reference to the longitudinal axis 69 are possible. The position of the flexural axis 59 can be selected in order to influence or determine the physical and mechanical properties of a spring element 51, and the overall conformance and performance of an article of footwear 22, as desired. However, it has been discovered that it is advantageous both with respect to the stability of the preferred article of footwear 22, but also the weight and cost of the spring element, that the posterior position of the flexural axis 59 on the medial side 35 be positioned approximately in the preferred range between 1-3 inches or 25.4-76.2 mm, and in particular, approximately in the range between 1.5-2.5 inches or 38.1-63.5 mm from the posterior side 34 of the upper 23 in a men's size 11.5 article of footwear 22. The method of grading and scaling various footwear components for other men's or women's sizes is well known in the footwear industry, thus the preferred range as concerns the position of the flexural axis 59 on the medial side 32 can be determined from this information for any given size article of footwear 22. It can be readily understood that this teaching concerning the preferred position of the flexural axis 59 with reference to the longitudinal axis 69 can be applied to other embodiments of a preferred article of footwear 22. Moreover, possible angular deviation of the flexural axis 59 from the transverse axis 91 in the range between 10-50 degrees was previously discussed. One advantage to using a flexural axis 59 that is deviated from the transverse axis 91 in the range between 10-50 degrees is that it permits the use of an inferior spring element 50 having a relatively homogenous construction and a substantially uniform thickness, and this both serves to reduce manufacturing costs and enhances product reliability. It can be readily understood that various combinations and permutations with respect to the position of the flexural axis 59 with reference to the longitudinal axis 69 and the angular deviation of the flexural axis 59 from the transverse axis 91 can be functional .
Figure 23 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 17, but having the anterior outsole element 44, posterior outsole element 46, and inferior spring element 50 removed, and further including track spike elements 66. This embodiment can facilitate enhanced athletic performance and can be used by track and field athletes in the sprinting and jumping events. Further, the spring element 51 can extend upwards about the area of the heel to form an integral heel counter 24, as shown in Figure 23. In addition, the spring element 51 can extend upwards about the lateral side 36 of the forefoot area 58 to form a side support 74, as shown with dashed lines in Figure 23. Various configurations of a side support 74 and / or an integral heel counter 24 can be incorporated in any or all embodiments of a preferred article of footwear 22, as desired. Moreover, the superior spring element 47 used in any or all embodiments of a preferred article of footwear 22 can be configured to mate with or otherwise support the complex curved shapes and structures associated with the anatomy of the human foot . Figure 24 is a cross sectional view of the anterior spacer 55 included in the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 8, taken along line 24- 24. As shown in Figure 24, the anterior spacer 55 has a uniform elevation.
Figure 25 is a cross sectional view of an alternate anterior spacer 55.1 generally similar to that shown in Figure 8, but having a wedge shape 28, taken along a line consistent with line 24-24. As shown in Figure 25, the anterior spacer 55.1 has a wedge shape 28 which slopes upward from the lateral side 36 to the medial side 35.
Figure 26 is a cross sectional view of the posterior spacer 42 included in the article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 9, taken along line 26- 26. As shown in Figure 26, the posterior spacer 42 has a uniform elevation.
Figure 27 is a cross sectional view of an alternate posterior spacer generally similar to that shown in Figure 9, but having a wedge shape, taken along a line consistent with line 26-26. As shown in Figure 27, the posterior spacer 42.1 has a wedge shape 28 which slopes upward from the lateral side 36 to the medial side 35.
Figures 24-27 have been provided to illustrate a few of the possible configurations of an anterior spacer 55 and posterior spacer 22, and other variations are both possible and anticipated. For example, the configuration and slope of the wedge shapes 28 can be the opposite of that represented, and the anterior spacer 55 and / or posterior spacer 22 can slope upwards from the medial side 35 to the lateral side 36. Further, the anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer 22 can have more complex or compound curved shapes. In addition, it can be readily understood that the amount of elevation and/or degree of slope of the anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer 42 can be varied. The compressive, flexural and torsional stiffness of different anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer 42 can also be varied. Moreover, an anterior spacer 55 and/or posterior spacer can be made to exhibit differential stiffness in different portions.
Again, an anterior spacer 55 or posterior spacer 42 can also have a wedge or complex curved shape along the longitudinal axis 69, that is, in the posterior to anterior orientation, and various configurations can be provided which can be used to modify the overall conformance of a spring element 51 and article of footwear 22, as desired. Accordingly, many variables can be manipulated and selected to optimize the configuration and performance of a preferred article of footwear for an individual wearer, or for a given target population having similar characteristics and requirements.
Figure 28 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 having a different configuration of a spring element 51, with parts broken away. In this embodiment, the anterior spring element 48 and inferior spring element 50 can be affixed in functional relation with the use of mechanical means such as fasteners 29, and the like, or alternately be formed as a single component identified herein as anterior and inferior spring element 75. The anterior portion of the spring element 51 can pass through a slit in the t-sock 56 or upper 23 and then be affixed with fasteners 29 to outsole 43, thereby firmly securing the upper 23 in functional relation thereto. As shown, the posterior spring element 49 can be affixed to the posterior portion of the spring element 51 with fasteners 29, and a posterior spacer 42 can also be inserted therebetween. Alternately, the posterior spacer 42 be formed as a coating or otherwise consist of a portion of the t-sock 56 or upper 23. As shown in Figure 28, the posterior spring element 49 can be made to further include an integral heel counter 24. Figure 29 is a medial side view of an alternate article of footwear 22 including a lasting board 79, and a selectively removable sole 32. The lasting board 79 can have the approximate configuration of the bottom net of a corresponding last 80 or other hard template, model, or pattern. Alternately, the lasting board 79 can be made in accordance with a soft model created and maintained in a data storage and retrieval computer environment. The lasting board 79 can be made of wood, cellulose, cardboard, or other natural fiber, reconstituted leather, a textile formed by knitting or weaving, a non-woven textile, a textile formed by stitch bonding, metal such as steel, spring steel, aluminum, or titanium, a thermoplastic material such as nylon, polyester, polypropylene, an elastomer such as polyurethane, thermoplastic rubber or other natural or synthetic rubber, or as preferred and previously discussed in detail, a fiber composite material such as carbon fiber. Accordingly, a lasting board 79 can also comprise at least a portion of a spring element 51, and vice versa. The lasting board 79 can extend from the near the posterior side 34 to near the anterior side 33 of the article of footwear 22, and can be formed in a single part or two parts as shown in Figures 6-8. A lasting board 79 needs to be robust and possess the physical and mechanical properties required to impart and substantially maintain the desired configuration of the upper 23 while at the same time meeting the various other functional performance requirements of the article of footwear 22.
The sole 32 can include separate midsole 26 and outsole 43 components, or can be made as a single component. Various sole 32 components can be made having different physical and mechanical characteristics, and performance capabilities for possible selection and use by a wearer. The sole 32 can be selectively removed and replaced by a wearer in order to customize the article of footwear 22, or to renew a component, as desired. Again, it can be readily understood that a lasting board 79 can simultaneously consist and serve as a spring element 51, and vice-versa. As shown in Figure 29, the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 does not include an inferior spring element 50, rather the spring element 51 consists of a superior spring element 47, or an anterior spring element 48 and posterior spring element 49 which are affixed in functional relation.
Figure 30 shows a bottom view of an alternate article of footwear 22 having an anterior lasting board 79 positioned in the forefoot area 58. Also shown is a portion of the inferior side 38 of the upper 23 including a plurality openings 72 which can be made to register with corresponding openings 72 in an anterior lasting board 79, thus enabling the use of a plurality of fasteners 29 to affix the upper 23 in functional relation to the anterior lasting board 79, and a sole 32 which can possibly include a midsole 26 and outsole 43, or merely an outsole 43. The article of footwear 22 shown in Figure 30 also consists of a slip-lasted construction in the forefoot area 58 including a t-sock 56 to which the upper 23 is affixed by stitching or adhesive, or other conventional means. The t-sock 56 can consist of a substantially non-stretchlastic textile material, but preferably consists of a stretchlastic textile material. Alternately, the t-sock 56 can be made of cellulose, paper, cardboard, or other natural fiber, reconstituted leather, a textile formed by knitting or weaving, a non-woven textile, a textile formed by stitch bonding, a thin film or sheet consisting of thermoplastic material such as nylon, polyester, polypropylene, and the like, an elastomer such as polyurethane, thermoplastic rubber or other natural or synthetic rubber. Alternately, the upper 23 can consist of a different type of slip lasted construction, a moccasin construction, a string lasted construction, or other conventional -footwear construction known in the art. The article of footwear 22 can include a sole 32 in the midfoot area 67 and rearfoot area 68 which is affixed to the upper 23 in a conventional manner with the use of adhesives. Alternately, the sole 32 can be affixed to a full length lasting board 79, or a posterior lasting board 79 with the use of fasteners 29.
It can be readily understood that within certain practical limitations, different lasting boards 79 having different configurations possibly including different lengths, foot shapes, and widths can be used with a given upper 23 in order to customize the fit of an article of footwear 22 for a unique individual or target population. For example, a plurality of lasting boards 79 can be developed for use with different target populations consisting of individuals having generally similar anatomical characteristics and foot dimensions. Further, it can also be readily understood that within certain practical limitations, different uppers 23 having different configurations possibly including different lengths, widths, and foot shapes can be used with a given lasting board 79 in order to customize the fit of an article of footwear 22 for a unique individual or target population. For example, a plurality of uppers 23 can be developed for use with different target populations consisting of individuals having generally similar anatomical characteristics and foot dimensions . Figure 31 shows a bottom view of the inferior side 38 of the upper 23 of an article of footwear 22 generally similar to that shown in Figure 30, but including two alternate openings 72 at a plurality of different positions at which a fastener 29 can be used. In the American sizing system, a change in length by one size corresponds to 1/3 inch, and changes in width as between respective sizes A, B, C, D, and E are associated with increments of 1/4 inch. Further, the increments in length and width associated with other sizing systems are also known.
Given an upper 23 having two alternate openings 72 that are separated by 1/4 inch for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used, and in particular, about the forefoot area 58, it is possible for the article of footwear 22 to provide three possible options such as width sizes B, C, and D. For example, if the openings 72 closest to the lateral side 23 and medial side 22 are associated with an article of footwear 22 having a B width, then increasing the width of the upper 23 by moving the adjacent opening 72 on one side or the other to that position will provide a C width, and moving the other adjacent opening 72 on the opposite side in like manner will provide a D width. It is generally advantageous to configure an upper 23 having only two alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used in accordance with the width sizing model shown in Figure 32.
Figure 32 shows an article of footwear 22 which is adjustable along the entire length of the upper 23 including the forefoot area 58, midfoot area 67, and rearfoot area 68 having two alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used, and the possible use of local reinforcement material 81 in the area about the openings 72. The reinforcement material 81 can be made of tape, textile, plastic, natural or synthetic rubber, natural or synthetic leather, metal, or other robust material which serves to enhance the strength of the upper 23. The reinforcement material 81 can also be tactified, or otherwise possess relatively high static and dynamic coefficients of friction, and can possibly include a self-adhesive material 83. Nevertheless, it can be advantageous that the self- adhesive material 83 have a repeatable or renewable adhesion and release capability such as that provided or illustrated by stick-it notes. Also shown is the use of a t-sock 56 made of stretchlastic material that has greater than 100% elongation which can easily accommodate the possible 1/2 inch width expansion of the upper 23.
Figure 33 shows a bottom view of the inferior side 38 of the upper 23 of an article of footwear generally similar to that shown in Figures 30 and 31, but including three alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used. In the American sizing system, a change in length by one size corresponds to 1/3 inch, and changes in width as between respective sizes A, B, C, D, and E are associated with increments of 1/4 inch. Further, the increments in length and width associated with other sizing systems are also known. Given an upper 23 having three alternate openings 72 that are separated by 1/4 inch for possible use at each fastener 29 position, and in particular, about the forefoot area 58, it is possible for the article of footwear 22 to provide five possible width size options such as width sizes A, B, C, D, and E. For example, if the openings 72 closest to the lateral side 23 and medial side 22 are associated with an article of footwear 22 having a size A width, then increasing the width of the upper 23 by moving the next adjacent opening 72 on one side or the other to that position will provide a B width, and moving the other adjacent opening 72 on the opposite side will provide a C width, and so on, thus possibly also providing size D and E widths, as desired. It can be advantageous to configure an upper 23 having three alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used in accordance with the width sizing model shown in Figure 34. Figure 34 shows an upper 23 having three alternate openings 72 for possible use at each different position at which a fastener 29 can be used, and also the possible use of reinforcement material 81 in the area about and between the openings 72. This reinforcement material 81 can be made of tape, textile, plastic, natural or synthetic rubber, natural or synthetic leather, metal, or other robust material that will serve to enhance the strength of the upper 23. The reinforcement material 81 can also be tactified, or otherwise possess a relatively high static and dynamic coefficient of friction, and can possibly include a self-adhesive material 83. Nevertheless, it can be advantageous that the self-adhesive material 83 have a repeatable or renewable adhesion and release capability such as that provided or illustrated by stick-it notes. Also shown is the use of a t-sock 56 made of stretchlastic material that has greater than 100% elongation which can easily accommodate the possible 1 inch width expansion of the upper 23.
Figure 35 shows a lasting board 79 for the forefoot area 58 including a plurality of openings 72, or alternately, a plurality of indications with respect to making a plurality of openings 72 for use in the present invention. These openings 72 can provide alternate positions for use in affixing portions of the upper 23 in functional relation to the lasting board 79 with the use of fasteners 29. Also shown is the use of a code for indicating each different position where a fastener 29 can be used, and also the three alternative openings 72 for possible use at each different position. The same code can also be used with corresponding parts of the upper 23 and sole 32. Accordingly, the information and intelligence created from the raw data which has been collected with respect to an individual wearer or target population can indicate the selection of a specific lasting board 79 and also a specific code indicating the openings 72 to be used in order to provide an individual wearer or target population with an optimal or preferred custom fit. For example, various lasting boards 79 having a particular size length, foot shape configuration, and size width can be given numerical and / or alphabetical identification. Further, the various different positions at which a fastener 29 can be used, and in particular, the alternate openings 72 which are present at each different position can be given an alphabetical and / or numerical identification, as shown in Figure 35.
Accordingly, the raw data or feedback provided by an individual when transformed into information and intelligence could possibly indicate the selection a lasting board 79 having American length size 11, last or foot shape number 3 from amongst a possible selection of thirty different last or foot shape configurations, and also indicate selection of the following code with respect to utilization of the various different positions and alternate openings 72: Code 1.1/2.2/3.2/4.2/5.2/6.1/7.2/8.2. In contrast, an different individual could require the same lasting board 79 having American length size 11, last or foot shape number 3, but a different code for optimal utilization of the various different positions and alternate openings 72, e.g., Code 1.2/2.1/3.1/4.2/5.3/6.1/7.2/8.2. Obviously, a different individual could require a lasting board 79 having a different length and also a different last or foot shape, and the data and preferences of different individuals can also indicate or result in the selection of different uppers 23 having different functions, designs, styles, materials, and sizes.
Figure 36 shows an alternate lasting board 79 or spring element 51 for use in the forefoot area 58 of an article of footwear 22. The spring element 51 consists of a posterior spring element 49 and an anterior spring element 48 which includes a longitudinal slit 82 that at least partially separates the medial side 35 from the lateral side 36 and permits somewhat independent articulation and flexion of these two portions. It can be advantageous for the position of the longitudinal slit 82 to coincide with the space between an wearer's first and second toes and corresponding metatarsals, or alternately, with the space between an wearer's second and third toes and corresponding metatarsals. This can facilitate independent articulation of the toes and metatarsals of the foot and possibly enhance both comfort and athletic performance, as taught in U.S. 5,384,973 granted to the present inventor and assigned to NIKE, Inc., previously incorporated by reference herein. The physical and mechanical properties of the anterior spring element 48 can be varied as between its anterior side and posterior side, but also as between its medial side 35 and lateral side 36.
A lasting board 79 or spring element 51 component having a given size length can also sometimes be used with articles of footwear 22 which are in the range between one to three different half sizes longer and shorter. As shown in Figure 36, at least one alternate set of openings 72 can be included on the posterior spring element 49 for affixing the posterior spring element 49 in functional relation to the anterior spring element 48. Further, an alternate set of openings 72 can be included on the anterior spring element 48 for the same purpose. In the American sizing system, length changes of one full size approximately correspond to increments of l/3rd of an inch, and the distances associated with other sizing systems are also known. Accordingly, two sets of alternate openings 72 spaced apart by a distance corresponding to a full size length can sometimes render a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 suitable for use with three or four sizes .
Figure 37 shows a different alternate lasting board 79 or spring element 51 including an anterior spring element 48 and a posterior spring element 49. The anterior spring element 48 for use in the forefoot area 58 of an article of footwear 22 consists of two separate parts, that is, a medial anterior spring element 78, and lateral anterior spring element 77. This configuration separates the medial side 35 from the lateral side 36 and permits substantial independent articulation and flexion of these two parts. It can be advantageous for the position of the longitudinal opening 72 between the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 to coincide with the space between an wearer's first and second toes and corresponding metatarsals, or alternately, with the space between an wearer's second and third toes and corresponding metatarsals. This can facilitate independent articulation of the toes and metatarsals of the foot and possibly enhance both comfort and athletic performance, as taught in U.S. 5,384,973 granted to the present inventor and assigned to NIKE, Inc., previously incorporated by reference herein. The physical and mechanical properties of the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 can be varied as between their respective anterior sides and posterior sides, but also as between their respective medial sides 35 and lateral sides 36. Further, the configuration and also the physical and mechanical properties of the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 can be different from one another. In addition, different medial anterior spring elements 78 and lateral anterior spring elements 77 can be selected for use in an article of footwear 22. Also shown in Figure 37 is the possible use of a plurality of different alternate openings 72 for affixing the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 in different relative positions. Given American footwear sizing, if the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 are configured to provide a size B width when the two parts are in a closed position, that is, the two parts are adjacent to one another, then moving one of the parts 1/4 inch will provide a size C width, and moving the other part 1/4 inch will provide a D width, and the two parts will then be separated by 1/2 inch. If the medial anterior spring element 78 and lateral anterior spring element 77 are configured to provide a size A width when the two parts are in a closed position, that is, the two parts are adjacent to one another, then moving one of the parts 1/4 inch will provide a size B width, and moving the other part 1/4 inch will provide a C width, and so on, such that when providing an E width the »two parts will be separated by one inch. The position of any potential openings 72 corresponding to half or whole size increments associated with a given sizing system which are to be made in portions of a lasting board 79, spring element 51, upper 23, or sole 32, can be indicated upon any or all of the components, or alternately, the various openings 72 can be made in stock parts intended for future use. Further, it can be readily understood that the openings 72 and any other adjustments which are made to various components of a customized article of footwear 22 can be unique to an individual wearer. Figure 38 is a transverse and exploded cross- sectional view taken along line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 having male mechanical engagement means affixed thereto, and also an upper 23, insole 31, sole 32, and female mechanical engagement means for engaging in functional relation with the male mechanical engagement means . The male and female mechanical engagement means can consist of fasteners 29 have a male part 85 and a female part 86. Alternately, the male part 85 can be affixed to the sole 32, or the fasteners 29 can consist of loose parts. The fasteners 29 shown on the left in Figure 38 can be visible on the inferior side 38 of the sole 32. Alternately, a fastener 29 can include a male part 85 or female part 86 which is affixed within the sole 32, and the corresponding mating part can be inserted and affixed in functional relation from the superior side within the defined space of the upper 23 of an article of footwear 22, as shown on the right in Figure 43. Alternately, as shown on the right in Figure 38, the fasterners 29 can include a resilient material suitable for use on the sole 32 or outsole 43 such that the fasteners 29 are hardly visible and their use does not appreciably degrade the cushioning or traction provided by the sole 32 or outsole 43. Alternately, a fastener 29 including a resilient material or other material can project from the surface of the sole and form a traction member, lug, or cleat, as shown in Figure 23.
Figure 39 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing an insole 31 overlapping the superior side
38, medial side 35, lateral side 36, and a portion of the inferior side 38 of a lasting board 79 or spring element 51. The insole 31 can include a stock fit recess 84 for receiving the lasting board 79 or spring element 51. The insole 31 can be affixed by adhesive or overmolded to the lasting board 79 or spring element 51. Alternately, a portion of the insole 31 can be trapped between the inferior side 38 of the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 and the upper 23 when the article of footwear 32 is assembled, as shown in Figure 39. This configuration can also serve to protect and cushion the edges of the lasting board 79 or spring element 51.
Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a portion of the sole 32 or outsole 43 overlapping the inferior side 38, medial side 35, lateral side 36, and a portion to the superior side 37 of a lasting board 79 or spring element 51. This configuration serves to cover and protect the sides of the spring element 51. The spring element 51 and outsole 43 can be affixed to the upper 23 using a separate lasting board 79 positioned within the upper 23 and secured with fasteners 29. Alternately, a backing 30 can be used and take the position of the spring element 51, and the spring element 51 can be used and take the position of the lasting board 79, that is, the spring element 51 can simultaneously serve as the lasting board 79, as previously discussed.
Figure 41 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a separate lasting board 79 and a spring element 51, and also an upper 23, insole 31, and outsole 43. In this alternate embodiment of an article footwear 22, the outsole 43 can cover, be affixed, bonded, or over-molded to the spring element 51. The spring element 51 can be completely covered by the outsole 43 on the inferior side 38, or alternately, portions of the spring element 51 can be visible and exposed.
Figure 42 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken at a position consistent with line 38-38 in
Figure 16 of an article of footwear 22 showing a sole 32 or outsole 43 that is directly affixed and integral to the upper 23, and also a lasting board 79 or spring element 51, and an insole 31. The upper 23 can be made at least in part of a synthetic textile or leather made of a thermoplastic material, and the sole 32 can be made of the same type of thermoplastic material, or alternately, a different material which can be bonded to the upper 23. For example, a polyurethane material can be used for this purpose. The sole 32 can be affixed or overmolded onto the upper 23 by direct injection method. The direct injection process can be performed upon a substantially finished upper 23 into which a last 80 has been inserted, or upon an unfinished upper 23 which still has a relatively flat configuration and the upper 23 of the article of footwear 22 can then be completed using a three dimensional stitching process . Figure 43 is a transverse cross-sectional view taken along a position consistent with line 38-38 in Figure 16 of an alternate article of footwear 22 showing a sole 32 directly affixed to an upper 23, an insole 31, and also a lasting board 79 or spring element 51 located within a recess 84. The contours associated with the recess 84 can provide a mechanical interlock between the upper 23, spring element 51, and backing 30 of the sole 32 or outsole 43. As shown in Figure 43, the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 does not extend to the perimeter of the upper 23 or sole 32, and this can reduce the stiffness exhibited at the perimeter or edge of the sole 32, as discussed in U.S. Patent 5,921,004 granted to the present inventor, and assigned to NIKE, Inc, hereby incorporated by reference herein. It can be advantageous in an article of footwear 22 intended for use in running to extend the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 to the perimeter or edge of the sole 32 in those areas which are shown in dark shading in Figure 24 of U.S. 5,921,004, but not to the perimeter or edge of the sole 32 in those areas which are not shaded. Accordingly, in the transverse cross-sectional view shown in Figure 43, it can be advantageous to extend the lasting board 79 or spring element 51 to the perimeter or edge of the sole 32 on the medial side 35, but not on the lateral side 36. The sole 32 can be removably affixed to the upper 23 with the use of fasteners 29, and the like. As shown on the right in Figure 43, a fastener 29 can include a male part 85 or female part 86 which is affixed within the sole 32, and the corresponding mating part can be inserted and affixed in functional relation from the superior side within the defined space of the upper 23 of an article of footwear 22. Alternately, the sole 32 can be permanently affixed to the upper 23 with the use of adhesives, or overmolded by direct injection process. Figure 44 is a medial side view of an article of footwear 22 comprising a sandal which includes a spring element 51. Again, a spring element 51 can include an anterior spring element 48, a posterior spring element 49, and an inferior spring element 50 affixed together in functional relation. It can be readily understood that a plurality of different designs and configurations are possible with respect to the upper 23 of a preferred sandal. A sandal according to the present invention can be designed for high fashion, or alternately, for hiking and recreational use, as shown in Figure 44. Further, the various components of a sandal can be affixed together with adhesive, or alternately, can be selectively and removably replaced with the use of mechanical engagement means including but not limited to fasteners 29, and the like.
The present invention teaches and makes possible not only a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, but also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business. The configuration and dimensions of a given wearer' s foot and any other special needs and requirements or wearer preferences can be recorded by direct observation and measurement in a retail or medical setting, or by a wearer or other individual at their home or other remote site, and this data can be used to generate information and intelligence relating to the manufacture of an appropriate custom article of footwear for the wearer and intended end use. This information and intelligence relating to an individual wearer or target population can include a so-called soft model that is created and maintained in data storage and retrieval computer environment for present and future use.
Conventional measuring or reproduction means including but not limited to rulers, measuring tapes, Brannock devices, two or three dimensional scanners, pressure sensors, infrared thermography, stereolithography, paper, photographs, photocopies, cameras, images, tracings, video, telephone, television, FAX, computers, software, and computer screens, e-mail, lasts, lasting boards, templates, molds, models, and patterns can be used, and the like .
Given the information and intelligence created with respect to an individual wearer, and a ready and adequate stock of the various components anticipated for use in making the preferred articles of footwear, a worker and / or automated system possibly including robotics can manufacture or assemble a customized article of footwear within thirty minutes, and perhaps even less than five minutes. For example, selections can be made from a ready stock of different uppers 23, lasting boards 79, spring elements 51, insoles 31, and sole 32 components having different configurations and dimensions corresponding to a selected size length article of footwear 22, and the customized article of footwear 22 then be rapidly manufactured or assembled, as desired. This can be performed at the point of purchase or service center which can be located in a retail store, medical facility, or at a remote manufacturing facility. Accordingly, similar to the rapid delivery eyewear retail stores and service centers which presently exist, a consumer can now also be provided with a custom article of footwear within minutes.
In brief, a method of making an article of footwear according to the present invention can include the following steps, or their equivalent: a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of the wearer's foot; b) Creating information and intelligence for selecting and making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Selecting a foot length; d) Selecting a last bottom configuration; e) Selecting a foot width; f) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; g) Selecting an upper, outsole, and lasting board which can be affixed together in functional relation to provide the foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions; and, h) Removably affixing the upper, outsole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means . Alternately, if and when an individual's data is received from a remote site at the Website of a footwear company which practices the present invention, and is then transmitted electronically to a manufacturing or assembly center, a custom article of footwear can be made and delivered to the wearer or consumer at their home or other designated address within a selected number of working days . Within the continental United States, and many other host countries in which the present invention could be practiced, the custom article of footwear could be caused to be delivered by same day or overnight service, as desired. Accordingly, the present invention teaches a novel method of manufacturing articles of footwear, and also, a novel way of doing both retail and Internet business.
In brief, a method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear according to the present invention can include the following steps, or their equivalent: a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of a wearer's foot, and initiating or completing a financial transaction, thus selling an article of footwear; b) Creating information and intelligence for making an article of footwear for the wearer; c) Providing the information and intelligence to a physical location at which the article of footwear can be made ; d) Selecting a foot length; e) Selecting a last bottom configuration; f) Selecting a foot width; g) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions ; h) Selecting an upper, sole, and lasting board which can be removably affixed together in functional relation to provide the foot length, last bottom configuration, foot width, and girth dimensions at the plurality of positions; i) Removably affixing the upper, sole, and lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means, and completing the manufacture of the article of footwear; and, j ) Causing the article of footwear to be delivered to a designated address. While the above detailed description of the invention contains many specificities, these should not be construed as limitations on the scope of the invention, but rather as exemplifications of several preferred embodiments thereof. Many other variations are possible. For example, it can be readily understood that the various teachings, alternate embodiments, methods and processes disclosed herein can be used in various combinations and permutations. Accordingly, the scope of the invention should be determined not by the embodiments discussed or illustrated, but by the appended claims and their legal equivalents .
Although the present invention has been described with reference to preferred embodiments, workers skilled in the art will recognize that changes may be made in form and detail without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. An article of footwear having an anterior side, a posterior side, a medial side, a lateral side, superior side, inferior side, and a longitudinal axis, comprising a plurality of fasteners, an upper including a plurality of alternate openings on said inferior side at a plurality of different positions, said alternate openings offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving said plurality of fasteners, an outsole, and a lasting board, said lasting board positioned within said upper, said lasting board and said upper being removably affixed in functional relation to said sole by said plurality of fasteners, thereby securing said upper in functional relation therebetween.
2. The article of footwear according to claim 1, wherein said plurality of fasteners include male and female parts, and said male parts are affixed to said lasting board.
3. The article of footwear according to claim 1, wherein said plurality of alternate openings on said inferior side of said upper comprise two alternate openings .
4. The article of footwear according to claim 1, wherein said plurality of alternate openings on said inferior side of said upper comprise three alternate openings .
5. The article of footwear according to claim 2, wherein said lasting board comprises a plurality of alternate openings offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size at a plurality of different positions.
6. The article of footwear according to claim 1, said lasting board comprising a spring element comprising a superior spring element positioned within said upper, said superior spring element comprising an anterior spring element and a posterior spring element affixed together in functional relation, said anterior spring element further comprising a medial anterior spring element and a lateral anterior spring element .
7. The article of footwear according to claim 6, wherein said anterior spring element comprising said medial anterior spring element and said lateral anterior spring element comprise two separate parts that are removably affixed in functional relation to said posterior spring element .
8. The article of footwear according to claim 6, wherein said spring element further comprises an inferior spring element substantially positioned inferiorly and externally with respect to said upper, said inferior spring element being affixed in functional relation to said posterior spring element.
9. The article of footwear according to claim 1, further comprising a separate spring element, said lasting board, said upper, said spring element, and said sole being removably affixed in functional relation.
10. A method of making an article of footwear comprising the following steps : a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of said wearer's foot; b) Creating information and intelligence for selecting and making said article of footwear for said wearer; c) Selecting a foot length; d) Selecting a last bottom configuration; e) Selecting a foot width; f) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; g) Selecting an upper, outsole, and lasting board which can be affixed together in functional relation to provide said foot length, said last bottom configuration, said foot width, and said girth di ensions ; and, h) Removably affixing said upper, said outsole, and said lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means .
11. The method of making an article of footwear according to claim 10, wherein said sole is affixed to said upper, and said lasting board comprises a spring element .
12. The method of making an article of footwear according to claim 10, wherein the inferior side of
Figure imgf000109_0001
being offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving said plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of said upper can be selected at said plurality of positions during assembly.
16. The method of making said article of footwear according to claim 12, wherein said lasting board comprises a plurality of alternate openings at a plurality of different positions, said plurality of openings being offset by a distance corresponding to a change in one standard width size and configured for receiving said plurality of fasteners, whereby the girth of the upper can be selected at said plurality of positions during assembly.
17. A method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear comprising the following steps: a) Collecting data relating to a wearer's preferences and the anatomical features and measurements of said wearer's foot, and selling an article of footwear; b) Creating information and intelligence for making said article of footwear for. said wearer; c) Providing said information and intelligence to a physical location at which said article of footwear can be made; d) Selecting a foot length; e) Selecting a last bottom configuration; f) Selecting a foot width; g) Selecting girth dimensions at a plurality of positions; h) Selecting an upper, sole, and lasting board which can be removably affixed together in functional relation to provide said foot length, said last bottom configuration, said foot width, and said girth dimensions at said plurality of positions; i) Removably affixing said upper, said sole, and said lasting board in functional relation with the use of mechanical engagement means, and completing the manufacture of said article of footwear; and, j) Causing said article of footwear to be delivered to a designated address.
18. The method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear according to claim 17, wherein said physical location comprises a retail store and the manufacture of said article of footwear is completed within thirty minutes.
19. The method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear according to claim 17, wherein said physical . location comprises a manufacturing center for making said article of footwear, and said data relating to said wearer's preferences and said anatomical features and measurements of said wearer's foot is transmitted from a remote site, and said article of footwear is caused to be delivered from said manufacturing center to a designated address.
20. The method of conducting business including making and selling an article of footwear according to claim 19, wherein said data is transmitted electronically by the Internet, and said article of footwear is caused to be delivered to a designated address within a selected number of working days .
PCT/US2001/016159 2000-03-10 2001-05-17 Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business WO2001087106A2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2001263274A AU2001263274A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2001-05-17 Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business
GB0229365A GB2379155B (en) 2000-05-17 2001-05-17 Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business
US10/279,626 US7107235B2 (en) 2000-03-10 2002-10-24 Method of conducting business including making and selling a custom article of footwear

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/573,121 2000-05-17
US09/573,121 US6601042B1 (en) 2000-03-10 2000-05-17 Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001087106A2 true WO2001087106A2 (en) 2001-11-22
WO2001087106A3 WO2001087106A3 (en) 2002-04-11

Family

ID=24290731

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2001/016159 WO2001087106A2 (en) 2000-03-10 2001-05-17 Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US6601042B1 (en)
AU (1) AU2001263274A1 (en)
GB (1) GB2379155B (en)
WO (1) WO2001087106A2 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6925732B1 (en) 2003-06-19 2005-08-09 Nike, Inc. Footwear with separated upper and sole structure
CN105725363A (en) * 2011-02-04 2016-07-06 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Article of Footwear with Decoupled Upper
CN104939422B (en) * 2008-09-26 2018-03-20 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Article with retractable traction elements
US10765170B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2020-09-08 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with adaptive fit
CN113301824A (en) * 2019-02-13 2021-08-24 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Heel support device for footwear
DE102020003058B3 (en) 2020-05-22 2021-10-28 Dieter Mankau Structural damping element with deflection limiting band
US11464287B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2022-10-11 Nike, Inc. Footwear element with locating pegs and method of manufacturing an article of footwear
US11484095B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2022-11-01 Nike, Inc. Footwear heel spring device
US11910867B2 (en) 2022-03-28 2024-02-27 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with heel entry device

Families Citing this family (85)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7752775B2 (en) 2000-03-10 2010-07-13 Lyden Robert M Footwear with removable lasting board and cleats
AU2001270967A1 (en) * 2000-07-13 2002-01-30 Fitracks Inc. A method and system of purchasing goods
US6879945B1 (en) 2000-11-21 2005-04-12 Nike, Inc. System and method for sizing footwear over a computer network
WO2002061655A1 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 Orthomatic Industries Of Houston Llc Internet base orthotic insole marketing and production
US20020158358A1 (en) * 2001-04-27 2002-10-31 Franzene Brian J. Footwear manufacturing system
US7577583B2 (en) * 2001-08-09 2009-08-18 Acushnet Company Computerized article customization system and method for use thereof
JP2003242329A (en) * 2002-02-14 2003-08-29 Honda Motor Co Ltd Computer system for optimizing vehicle specification so as to fit customer need and method thereof
US9569746B2 (en) 2002-03-14 2017-02-14 Nike, Inc. Custom fit sale of footwear
US6915596B2 (en) * 2003-01-21 2005-07-12 Nike, Inc. Footwear with separable upper and sole structure
US6928756B1 (en) * 2003-03-03 2005-08-16 Richard Haynes Jump assisting spring heel shoe
US7089152B2 (en) * 2003-06-19 2006-08-08 Mizuno Corporation System and method for assisting shoe selection
US20050071242A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-03-31 Nike International Ltd. Method and system for custom-manufacturing footwear
US8056262B2 (en) * 2003-10-08 2011-11-15 Trackguard Ab Shoe system with a resilient shoe insert
US8303885B2 (en) 2003-10-09 2012-11-06 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with a stretchable upper and an articulated sole structure
US7100308B2 (en) * 2003-11-21 2006-09-05 Nike, Inc. Footwear with a heel plate assembly
US7100309B2 (en) * 2004-01-16 2006-09-05 Nike, Inc. Track shoe with heel plate and support columns
DE102004011680B4 (en) * 2004-03-10 2007-08-23 Adidas International Marketing B.V. Studded shoe
US8474155B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2013-07-02 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with outsole web and midsole protrusions
US7334351B2 (en) 2004-06-07 2008-02-26 Energy Management Athletics, Llc Shoe apparatus with improved efficiency
DE102004029162A1 (en) * 2004-06-17 2006-01-19 Gerhard Braun Manufacturing design setting-up method for e.g. shoe lift, involves measuring defined foot measurements, scaling individual units depend on foot measurements, and assembling scaled units for manufacturing design based on given pattern
US7401424B2 (en) * 2004-07-14 2008-07-22 Dashamerica, Inc. Composite outsole
US20100192421A1 (en) * 2004-07-14 2010-08-05 Dashamerica, Inc. D/B/A Pearl Izumi Usa, Inc. Composite sole
WO2006032014A2 (en) * 2004-09-14 2006-03-23 Tripod, L.L.C. Sole unit for footwear and footwear incorporating same
US7441346B2 (en) 2004-12-28 2008-10-28 Saucony, Inc. Athletic shoe with independent supports
US7571556B2 (en) * 2004-12-28 2009-08-11 Saucony, Inc. Heel grid system
WO2006129392A1 (en) * 2005-05-30 2006-12-07 Mizuno Corporation Sole structure body for shoes
US20070043582A1 (en) * 2005-08-22 2007-02-22 Fila Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Method and system for providing customized footwear to a retail consumer
US7661206B2 (en) * 2006-01-13 2010-02-16 Holly H. Osborn Method and apparatus for fashion adaptable footwear
US7600332B2 (en) * 2006-02-13 2009-10-13 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with a removable foot-supporting insert
US7673397B2 (en) 2006-05-04 2010-03-09 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with support assembly having plate and indentations formed therein
US7748142B2 (en) * 2006-09-26 2010-07-06 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear for long jumping
US20080104778A1 (en) * 2006-10-09 2008-05-08 Drake Powderworks, Llc Methods and Systems for Creating Custom Hard Shelled Footwear
US8302332B2 (en) * 2006-12-08 2012-11-06 Raptors Sports Pty Ltd Removable spike for footwear
US20080141562A1 (en) * 2006-12-13 2008-06-19 Fila Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Adjustable arch support assembly
US7945343B2 (en) * 2006-12-18 2011-05-17 Nike, Inc. Method of making an article of footwear
US7818217B2 (en) * 2007-07-20 2010-10-19 Nike, Inc. Method of customizing an article
US9795181B2 (en) * 2007-10-23 2017-10-24 Nike, Inc. Articles and methods of manufacture of articles
US9572402B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2017-02-21 Nike, Inc. Articles and methods of manufacturing articles
US9788603B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2017-10-17 Nike, Inc. Articles and methods of manufacture of articles
US8220183B2 (en) * 2009-01-23 2012-07-17 Nike, Inc. Removable heel pad for foot-receiving device
US8219461B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2012-07-10 Nike, Inc. Method of customized cleat arrangement
US8215033B2 (en) * 2009-04-16 2012-07-10 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear for snowboarding
CN102460343B (en) * 2009-05-30 2017-02-15 耐克创新有限合伙公司 On-line design of consumer products
USD611237S1 (en) 2009-06-05 2010-03-09 Dashamerica, Inc. Cycling shoe insole
USD630419S1 (en) 2009-06-05 2011-01-11 Dashamerica, Inc. Base plate for adjustable strap
USD636983S1 (en) 2009-06-05 2011-05-03 Dashamerica, Inc. Cycling shoe
US8684368B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2014-04-01 Easton Sports, Inc. Hockey skate
US8417589B2 (en) * 2009-11-03 2013-04-09 Mix Bikini Inc. Method of conducting business for making and selling articles of apparel having interchangeable parts
US20110113649A1 (en) 2009-11-18 2011-05-19 Srl, Llc Articles of Footwear
DE102009054617B4 (en) * 2009-12-14 2018-05-30 Adidas Ag shoe
US9332808B2 (en) * 2010-01-12 2016-05-10 Position Tech, Llc Footwear with enhanced cleats
US8387282B2 (en) 2010-04-26 2013-03-05 Nike, Inc. Cable tightening system for an article of footwear
JP5981425B2 (en) 2010-06-17 2016-08-31 ダッシュアメリカ インコーポレイテッドDashamerica,Inc. Midsole for footwear
EP2688436B1 (en) 2011-03-25 2018-12-26 Dashamerica, Inc. D/b/a Pearl Izumi Usa, Inc. Flexible shoe sole
FR2979197B1 (en) * 2011-08-31 2014-08-22 Christian Colin SHOE SOLE DEVICE AND SHOE COMPRISING SUCH A SOLE DEVICE
US11684111B2 (en) 2012-02-22 2023-06-27 Nike, Inc. Motorized shoe with gesture control
US11071344B2 (en) 2012-02-22 2021-07-27 Nike, Inc. Motorized shoe with gesture control
EP2825072A4 (en) * 2012-03-12 2015-11-25 Easton Hockey Inc Hockey skate
USD713135S1 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-09-16 Dashamerica, Inc. Shoe sole
USD712122S1 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-09-02 Dash America, Inc. Shoe sole
USD710079S1 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-08-05 Dashamerica, Inc. Shoe sole
USD709275S1 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-07-22 Dash American, Inc. Shoe sole
USD711083S1 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-08-19 Dashamerica, Inc. Shoe sole
USD715522S1 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-10-21 Dashamerica, Inc. Shoe sole
WO2014036471A2 (en) 2012-08-31 2014-03-06 Boa Technology Inc. Motorized tensioning system for medical braces and devices
CN106820446B (en) 2012-08-31 2019-04-12 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Motor-driven clamping system with sensor
US9510639B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2016-12-06 Bauer Hockey, Inc. Hockey skate
US9878229B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2018-01-30 Bauer Hockey, Llc Skate with injected boot form
US9320316B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-04-26 Under Armour, Inc. 3D zonal compression shoe
US9480303B2 (en) * 2013-08-09 2016-11-01 Nike, Inc. Sole structure for an article of footwear
US10092065B2 (en) 2014-04-15 2018-10-09 Nike, Inc. Footwear having motorized adjustment system and removable midsole
US9629418B2 (en) 2014-04-15 2017-04-25 Nike, Inc. Footwear having motorized adjustment system and elastic upper
US9326566B2 (en) 2014-04-15 2016-05-03 Nike, Inc. Footwear having coverable motorized adjustment system
EP4332759A1 (en) 2014-06-23 2024-03-06 Nike Innovate C.V. Footwear designing tool
WO2016109817A1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Chinook Asia Llc Footwear having a flex-spring sole
US9894958B2 (en) 2015-01-30 2018-02-20 Wolverine Outdoors, Inc. Flexible article of footwear and related method of manufacture
US9629413B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2017-04-25 Karl Stien Footwear with tapered heel, support plate, and impact point measurement methods therefore
US10010134B2 (en) 2015-05-08 2018-07-03 Under Armour, Inc. Footwear with lattice midsole and compression insert
US10010133B2 (en) 2015-05-08 2018-07-03 Under Armour, Inc. Midsole lattice with hollow tubes for footwear
US10039343B2 (en) 2015-05-08 2018-08-07 Under Armour, Inc. Footwear including sole assembly
EP3538699A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2019-09-18 Nike Innovate C.V. Knit textiles and uppers, and processes for making the same
US10779614B2 (en) 2017-06-21 2020-09-22 Under Armour, Inc. Cushioning for a sole structure of performance footwear
US11607007B2 (en) * 2017-11-02 2023-03-21 Oofos, Inc. Insole and outsole two-piece shoe
WO2020018114A1 (en) * 2018-07-20 2020-01-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Shoe manufacturing
US11399591B2 (en) 2020-03-16 2022-08-02 Robert Lyden Article of footwear, method of making the same, and method of conducting retail and internet business

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4766681A (en) * 1985-05-16 1988-08-30 Converse Inc. Athletic shoe with Y support
US5042175A (en) * 1990-01-30 1991-08-27 Samuel Ronen User-specific shoe sole coil spring system and method
US5678327A (en) * 1994-07-21 1997-10-21 Halberstadt; Johan P. Shoe with gait-adapting cushioning mechanism
US5729916A (en) * 1996-06-10 1998-03-24 Wilson Sporting Goods Co. Shoe with energy storing spring having overload protection mechanism
US5897622A (en) * 1996-10-16 1999-04-27 Microsoft Corporation Electronic shopping and merchandising system
US5930769A (en) * 1996-10-07 1999-07-27 Rose; Andrea System and method for fashion shopping

Family Cites Families (484)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US427136A (en) 1890-05-06 Shoe-spring
US194309A (en) 1877-08-21 Improvement in piles for bulk-heads and other structures
US620582A (en) 1899-03-07 Ice creeper
US622673A (en) 1899-04-11 Ventilated shoe-heel
US75900A (en) 1868-03-24 Improvement in spring-bottoms foe boots and shoes
US1726028A (en) 1929-08-27 keller
DE620963C (en) 1935-10-30 Josef Weigand Insole
US357062A (en) 1887-02-01 Spring-heel for boots or shoes
US298844A (en) 1884-05-20 Conrad p
US318366A (en) 1885-05-19 Ice-creeper
US324065A (en) 1885-08-11 Spring-shank for boots or shoes
US413693A (en) 1889-10-29 Spring-shoe
US418922A (en) 1890-01-07 William b
US337146A (en) 1885-10-15 1886-03-02 Joseph Gluecksmann Spring shoe
US641642A (en) 1899-05-12 1900-01-16 Oscar L King Shoe.
US733167A (en) 1902-09-08 1903-07-07 John H Denton Heel-cushion and ventilator for shoes.
US854274A (en) 1906-06-30 1907-05-21 Jesse Crook Attachment for shoes.
US927831A (en) 1907-01-26 1909-07-13 Asa R Crediford Heel-cushion.
US871864A (en) 1907-03-30 1907-11-26 Frank Feazell Sprinting-spring.
FR424140A (en) 1910-12-27 1911-05-05 Leon Penisson Device to give elasticity to the soles of shoes
US1043350A (en) 1911-06-11 1912-11-05 Alfred E Owers Shoe.
US1022672A (en) 1911-06-17 1912-04-09 Peter Hammer Shoe attachment.
US1113266A (en) 1913-03-01 1914-10-13 Sponge Rubber Inner Heel Company Boot-ventilator.
US1380879A (en) 1913-05-19 1921-06-07 Young Carl Shoe
US1080781A (en) 1913-07-10 1913-12-09 John Razntch Heel-cushion.
US1088328A (en) 1913-12-22 1914-02-24 Francesco Cucinotta Sporting-shoe.
US1107894A (en) 1914-01-21 1914-08-18 Benham Cain Heel-cushion.
US1147508A (en) 1915-01-19 1915-07-20 Thomas A Hussey Spring-heel for shoes.
US1182787A (en) 1915-03-25 1916-05-09 Richard M Murphy Ice-creeper.
US1154340A (en) 1915-07-26 1915-09-21 Orrin M Rolfe Heel-cushion for boots and shoes.
US1160810A (en) 1915-08-28 1915-11-16 John Selb Combined ventilating-insole and arch-support for boots, shoes, and the like.
US1196410A (en) 1915-11-03 1916-08-29 Thomas C Walker Arch-support.
US1403940A (en) 1918-03-06 1922-01-17 Cowperthwaite William Thomas Means for use in the manufacture of concrete roofing tile
DE334097C (en) 1918-07-17 1921-03-08 Arent Augestad Dr Insole, which is held on the foot by a heel cap
US1370212A (en) 1920-06-25 1921-03-01 Laculli Peter Innersole
US1522890A (en) 1922-09-23 1925-01-13 Krap Teodoro Elastic insole
US1539762A (en) 1923-03-21 1925-05-26 John Edwin Fyfield Footgear
US1502087A (en) 1924-02-08 1924-07-22 Bunns Julius Boot or shoe
US1587749A (en) 1924-07-14 1926-06-08 Albert S Bierly Propulsive-spring foot support
FR701729A (en) 1930-05-21 1931-03-21 Shock-absorbing device allowing the use of shocks occurring in particular during walking
US1894681A (en) 1930-08-30 1933-01-17 James B Greider Slipper
US1920112A (en) 1931-06-23 1933-07-25 Willis S Shaft Spring heel seat
US2002706A (en) 1934-03-24 1935-05-28 Mong Fern Ice creeper
US2048683A (en) 1934-08-13 1936-07-28 Brockman Oscar Resilient heel
GB443571A (en) 1934-08-27 1936-02-27 Vernon John Clifford Improvements in or relating to footwear, and devices for use in connection therewith
US2112052A (en) 1934-09-28 1938-03-22 Norman B Smith Shoe construction
US2183277A (en) 1936-07-01 1939-12-12 Eugene C Heilhecker Shoe with rubber or composition sole
US2178025A (en) 1938-02-25 1939-10-31 Richter Eduard Composite shoe
US2220534A (en) 1938-10-19 1940-11-05 Frank W Mclean Footwear
US2200080A (en) 1938-11-16 1940-05-07 Fein Jacob Shoe
US2172000A (en) 1939-03-01 1939-09-05 Wenker Henry Jumper
US2236367A (en) 1939-04-04 1941-03-25 Gruber John Shoe
US2205091A (en) 1939-05-06 1940-06-18 Samuel H Geffner Foot covering
US2302596A (en) 1941-03-27 1942-11-17 Bigio Albert Shoe
US2414445A (en) 1944-09-01 1947-01-21 Robert E Cahill Shoe construction
US2413545A (en) 1945-06-06 1946-12-31 Cordi Leander Lee Novelty squawk-type shoe
GB608180A (en) 1945-08-24 1948-09-10 John Hilton Improvements relating to footwear
US2435668A (en) 1945-11-13 1948-02-10 Charles F Behringer Play shoe or the like
US2430338A (en) 1946-02-14 1947-11-04 Heiman Salomon Shoe
US2456102A (en) 1946-03-29 1948-12-14 Agostinelli Joseph Heel counter reinforcement
US2447603A (en) 1946-09-27 1948-08-24 Ballard F Snyder Shoe
US2469708A (en) 1946-10-29 1949-05-10 Alexander Verna Cook Sandal with pivoted-ring strap receivers
US2491930A (en) 1947-04-26 1949-12-20 Parlante Frank Shoe with interchangeable uppers
US2493154A (en) 1947-06-06 1950-01-03 Gus H Mavrakis Shoe
US2444865A (en) 1947-07-08 1948-07-06 John P Warrington Spring heel adapter
US2537156A (en) 1947-12-18 1951-01-09 Pennell Samuel Innersole having upwardly foldable portions
US2497175A (en) 1948-03-02 1950-02-14 John P Mantos Shoe construction
US2552943A (en) 1948-03-04 1951-05-15 Jones & Malyon Ltd Shoe having a detachable upper
US2508318A (en) 1948-12-23 1950-05-16 Wallach George Resilient heel for shoes
US2588061A (en) 1948-12-27 1952-03-04 Svit Np Shoe having an upper formed of strap members each secured by a flat fastener member
US2579953A (en) 1951-02-13 1951-12-25 Naomi M Morris Adjustable shoe gripper
US2721400A (en) 1952-03-31 1955-10-25 Israel Samuel Cushioned shoe sole
US2640283A (en) 1952-05-10 1953-06-02 Mccord Joses Bowler's shoe
US2761224A (en) 1952-08-04 1956-09-04 Howard W Gardiner Shoe with hollow welt for detachable upper
US2814132A (en) 1953-10-29 1957-11-26 Montoscuro Joseph Shoe construction
US2873540A (en) 1955-08-02 1959-02-17 Murphy Venus Ramey Shoe with changeable elements
US2809449A (en) 1956-05-07 1957-10-15 Florence E Smith Detachable uppers for footwear
FR1227420A (en) 1959-03-06 1960-08-19 Shock absorbing device for shoes
US2953861A (en) 1959-05-13 1960-09-27 Albert J Horten Resilient jumping shoes
US3142910A (en) 1959-11-18 1964-08-04 Levine Beth Footwear with heel-follower
US3012341A (en) 1959-12-28 1961-12-12 Schaefer Waldemar Convertible shoe mechanism
US3012340A (en) 1960-01-14 1961-12-12 Catherine B Reinhart Shoe having interchangeable members
DE1808245U (en) 1960-02-06 1960-03-17 Continental Gummi Werke Ag SOLE FOR FOOTWEAR.
IT633409B (en) 1960-06-15 1962-02-08 Elastic heel for shoes
US3075212A (en) 1961-06-02 1963-01-29 Frank Noone Shoe Co Inc Method of applying a decorative strip to a shoe
FR1357669A (en) 1963-02-04 1964-04-10 Improvements to shoes with elastic heel support
GB1093362A (en) 1963-07-19 1967-11-29 Charles A Quinn And Company Lt Improvements in and relating to the manufacture of footwear
US3251144A (en) 1963-09-03 1966-05-17 Dorothea M Weitzner Tubular base shoes
US3204346A (en) 1964-09-10 1965-09-07 Ramona D Lockard Interchangeable sole and upper for shoes
CH425537A (en) 1965-04-12 1966-11-30 Bourquin Rene Footwear insole
US3352034A (en) 1966-02-23 1967-11-14 William E Braun Athletic shoe cleat
US3404468A (en) 1967-01-26 1968-10-08 Rosen Henri Elliott Moccasin shoe
US3369309A (en) 1967-03-13 1968-02-20 Brooks Simmie Lady's shoe
GB1236131A (en) 1968-02-26 1971-06-23 Marcus Luther Austin Improvements relating to sports shoes
US3541708A (en) 1968-03-26 1970-11-24 Henri Elliott Rosen Shoe construction
US3436843A (en) 1968-04-30 1969-04-08 Maxwell Sachs Detachable uppers for footwear
US3577663A (en) 1969-08-11 1971-05-04 Howard Bruce Mershon Athletic shoe and cleat
US3686777A (en) 1970-11-23 1972-08-29 Henri Elliott Rosen Shoe construction
US3686779A (en) 1970-12-21 1972-08-29 Maxwell Sachs Footwear
US3878626A (en) 1971-05-18 1975-04-22 Isman Claude Roger Detachable soles
AT342455B (en) 1971-09-15 1978-04-10 Dassler Puma Sportschuh SHOE SOLE FOR SPORT SHOES
US3777374A (en) 1972-07-19 1973-12-11 L Hendricks Pleasure shoe
ES185992Y (en) 1972-11-23 1974-07-16 Saurina Pavia PERFECTED FOOTWEAR WITH SWINGING HEEL.
AT364279B (en) 1973-01-08 1981-10-12 Raimund W Vogel SHOE, ESPECIALLY SKI SHOE
US3786579A (en) 1973-01-29 1974-01-22 Seattle Mfg Corp Adjustable crampons
GB1437566A (en) 1973-04-24 1976-05-26 Massella M Footwear
US3822490A (en) 1973-05-02 1974-07-09 S Murawski Hollow member for shoes
US3906646A (en) 1973-08-21 1975-09-23 Milio Milotic Transformable footwear
US3983642A (en) 1974-12-04 1976-10-05 Liao Wei Chi Shoe having interchangeable uppers
DE2501561A1 (en) 1975-01-16 1976-07-22 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Sports shoe sole with replaceable spikes - has profiled grooves for fixing of spiked plates with one screw
DE2543268A1 (en) 1975-09-27 1977-03-31 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Spike fixing for sports shoe - has gripping element locking by bayonet fitting with connecting stem at angle to axis
US3982336A (en) 1976-01-21 1976-09-28 Herro Richard E Athletic shoe with a detachable sole
AU1365576A (en) 1976-05-11 1977-11-10 Renaldo L Shoe sole having complementary parts
US4062132A (en) 1976-09-08 1977-12-13 Chester Klimaszewski Footwear having replaceable heel and sole
DE2706645B2 (en) 1976-11-29 1979-04-19 Adolf 8522 Herzogenaurach Dassler Sports shoe
US4091472A (en) 1976-12-27 1978-05-30 Daher Reinhard L Prosthetic foot
US4198037A (en) 1976-12-28 1980-04-15 Miner Enterprises, Inc. Method of making polyester elastomer compression spring and resulting product
US4183156A (en) 1977-01-14 1980-01-15 Robert C. Bogert Insole construction for articles of footwear
US4128950A (en) 1977-02-07 1978-12-12 Brs, Inc. Multilayered sole athletic shoe with improved foam mid-sole
US4217705A (en) 1977-03-04 1980-08-19 Donzis Byron A Self-contained fluid pressure foot support device
IT1077768B (en) 1977-04-08 1985-05-04 Nordica Di Franco SHOE STRUCTURE PARTICULARLY FOR SPORTS ACTIVITIES IN GENERAL AND FOR TRAINING
US4107857A (en) 1977-04-11 1978-08-22 Devlin Gerard P Athletic shoe construction
DE2720849C2 (en) 1977-05-09 1985-10-17 Armin A. 8522 Herzogenaurach Dassler Lightweight sports shoe
US4103440A (en) 1977-08-15 1978-08-01 Lawrence Peter A Shoe with detachable upper
US4287250A (en) 1977-10-20 1981-09-01 Robert C. Bogert Elastomeric cushioning devices for products and objects
US4372058A (en) 1977-11-21 1983-02-08 Stubblefield Jerry D Shoe sole construction
US4741114A (en) 1977-11-21 1988-05-03 Avia Group International, Inc. Shoe sole construction
US4340626A (en) 1978-05-05 1982-07-20 Rudy Marion F Diffusion pumping apparatus self-inflating device
US4219945B1 (en) 1978-06-26 1993-10-19 Robert C. Bogert Footwear
US4370754A (en) 1978-07-27 1983-02-01 American Pneumatics Co. Variable pressure pad
US4258480A (en) * 1978-08-04 1981-03-31 Famolare, Inc. Running shoe
ZA784637B (en) 1978-08-15 1979-09-26 J Halberstadt Footware
DE2838522C3 (en) 1978-09-04 1981-05-07 Herbert Dr.-Ing. 8032 Lochham Funck Prefabricated molded sole made of a heat-resistant plastic for puncture-proof safety shoes
US4237625A (en) 1978-09-18 1980-12-09 Cole George S Thrust producing shoe sole and heel
US4255877A (en) 1978-09-25 1981-03-17 Brs, Inc. Athletic shoe having external heel counter
DE2851535A1 (en) 1978-11-29 1980-04-17 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Sports shoe with replaceable spikes - has conical indentations interacting with conical fastening pins on spikes for self-locking action
DE2851571A1 (en) 1978-11-29 1980-05-22 Uhl Sportartikel Karl OUTSOLE FOR SPORTSHOES, ESPECIALLY RACING SHOES
AT371978B (en) 1979-02-07 1983-08-25 Adidas Sportschuhe SOLE FOR SPORTSHOES, ESPECIALLY FOR USE ON HARD RAILWAYS
CA1115950A (en) 1979-02-07 1982-01-12 Alfred Bente Sole for sports shoes, particularly for shoes used for long-distance running on hard tracks
US4430810A (en) 1979-02-07 1984-02-14 Adidas Sportschuhfabriken Adi Dassler Kg Sole for sports shoes, particularly for shoes used for long-distance running on hard tracks
US4267649A (en) 1979-05-07 1981-05-19 Smith Gardner M Interchangeable shoe
US4351120A (en) 1979-06-15 1982-09-28 Engineered Sports Products, Inc. Removable traction surfaces for footwear
DE2929365A1 (en) 1979-07-20 1981-02-05 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Running sole for sports shoes - with hard plastic frame for screw=in spikes embedded in soft plastic sole
US4377042A (en) 1979-07-30 1983-03-22 Peter Bauer Footwear having removable sole
US4267650A (en) 1979-07-30 1981-05-19 Peter Bauer Shoe with removable outsole
US4262434A (en) 1979-07-30 1981-04-21 Michelotti Paul E Running shoe with replaceable tread elements
US4453271A (en) 1979-09-28 1984-06-12 American Pneumatics Co. Protective garment
US4300294A (en) 1979-10-09 1981-11-17 Riecken George C Article of footwear
US4271606A (en) 1979-10-15 1981-06-09 Robert C. Bogert Shoes with studded soles
US4429475A (en) 1979-12-05 1984-02-07 Bensley Douglas W Article of footwear
US4343057A (en) 1979-12-05 1982-08-10 Bensley Douglas W Method of making footwear
US4322895B1 (en) 1979-12-10 1995-08-08 Stan Hockerson Stabilized athletic shoe
DE2951572A1 (en) 1979-12-21 1981-07-02 Sachs Systemtechnik Gmbh, 8720 Schweinfurt SHOE WITH ELASTIC OUTSOLE
US4279083A (en) 1980-02-01 1981-07-21 Dilg Carl W Shoe construction with replaceable sole
US4358902A (en) 1980-04-02 1982-11-16 Cole George S Thrust producing shoe sole and heel
US4322893A (en) 1980-04-03 1982-04-06 Halvorsen Norrine M Independent insole assembly
US4481726A (en) 1980-04-07 1984-11-13 American Fitness, Inc. Shoe construction
US4335530A (en) 1980-05-06 1982-06-22 Stubblefield Jerry D Shoe sole construction
US4481727A (en) 1980-05-06 1984-11-13 Pensa, Inc. Shoe sole construction
USRE33066E (en) 1980-05-06 1989-09-26 Avia Group International, Inc. Shoe sole construction
US4586209A (en) 1980-05-12 1986-05-06 Bensley Douglas W Method of making footwear
US4317294A (en) 1980-05-20 1982-03-02 Goodyear Mark V Replaceable shoe sole
US4342158A (en) 1980-06-19 1982-08-03 Mcmahon Thomas A Biomechanically tuned shoe construction
US4333248A (en) 1980-07-23 1982-06-08 Samuel Samuels Protective shoe
DE3034126A1 (en) 1980-09-11 1982-03-25 Hans Dieter 6502 Mainz-Kostheim Ruthard Sport exercise shoe sole - has spiral or plate springs fixed between two plates beneath sole, with guide pieces projecting through springs
DE3037108A1 (en) 1980-10-01 1982-05-13 Herbert Dr.-Ing. 8032 Lochham Funck UPHOLSTERED SOLE WITH ORTHOPEDIC CHARACTERISTICS
US4364188A (en) 1980-10-06 1982-12-21 Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Running shoe with rear stabilization means
IT1141823B (en) 1980-12-11 1986-10-08 Dolomite Spa SKI SHOE WITH STANDARD SOLE
US4364189A (en) 1980-12-05 1982-12-21 Bates Barry T Running shoe with differential cushioning
US4360978A (en) 1981-01-19 1982-11-30 Simpkins N J Shoe spring device
AT386514B (en) 1981-03-05 1988-09-12 Distropat Ag SHOE SOLE
US4389798A (en) 1981-05-08 1983-06-28 Tilles Harvey G Athletic shoe
FR2507066A1 (en) 1981-06-09 1982-12-10 Barbeau Jacques Spring fitting for training shoe sole - has plate bent into waves held between V=shaped walls of sole
US4402146A (en) 1981-10-08 1983-09-06 Converse Inc. Running shoe sole with heel tabs
US4429474A (en) 1981-10-21 1984-02-07 Metro Robert D Adjustable mechanically cushioned lateral border of the heel for a shoe
US4854057A (en) 1982-02-10 1989-08-08 Tretorn Ab Dynamic support for an athletic shoe
US4486901A (en) 1982-03-12 1984-12-11 Houston Protective Equipment, Inc. Multi-layered, open-celled foam shock absorbing structure for athletic equipment
DE3219652C2 (en) 1982-05-26 1995-04-13 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Sole for sports shoes, especially soccer shoes
US4450633A (en) 1982-05-27 1984-05-29 The Commonwealth Of Puerto Rico Convertible shoe
US4439936A (en) 1982-06-03 1984-04-03 Nike, Inc. Shock attenuating outer sole
US4506462A (en) 1982-06-11 1985-03-26 Puma-Sportschuhfabriken Rudolf Dassler Kg Running shoe sole with pronation limiting heel
US4471538A (en) 1982-06-15 1984-09-18 Pomeranz Mark L Shock absorbing devices using rheopexic fluid
US4439935A (en) 1982-06-17 1984-04-03 Celeste Kelly Convertible high style footwear
US4506460A (en) 1982-06-18 1985-03-26 Rudy Marion F Spring moderator for articles of footwear
US4486964A (en) 1982-06-18 1984-12-11 Rudy Marion F Spring moderator for articles of footwear
DE3232604A1 (en) 1982-09-02 1984-03-08 Puma-Sportschuhfabriken Rudolf Dassler Kg, 8522 Herzogenaurach SPORTSHOE WITH THORN OR LUG-SHAPED FITTINGS ON THE OUTSOLE
ATE18508T1 (en) 1982-09-14 1986-03-15 Joachim Dr Schnell RESPONSIVE RUNNING AND JUMPING SHOE.
JPS59103605U (en) 1982-12-28 1984-07-12 美津濃株式会社 athletic shoe soles
US4542598A (en) 1983-01-10 1985-09-24 Colgate Palmolive Company Athletic type shoe for tennis and other court games
US4535554A (en) 1983-01-25 1985-08-20 Obaldia B Marcos G De Molded footwear
USD280567S (en) 1983-03-07 1985-09-17 Kukje America Corp. Combination shoe
US4441211A (en) 1983-03-25 1984-04-10 Houston Protective Equipment, Inc. Protective batting jacket
US4513449A (en) 1983-03-25 1985-04-30 Donzis Byron A Shock absorbing athletic equipment
US4484397A (en) 1983-06-21 1984-11-27 Curley Jr John J Stabilization device
US4611412A (en) 1983-11-04 1986-09-16 Cohen Elie Shoe sole with deflective mid-sole
US4536974A (en) 1983-11-04 1985-08-27 Cohen Elie Shoe with deflective and compressionable mid-sole
US4562651A (en) 1983-11-08 1986-01-07 Nike, Inc. Sole with V-oriented flex grooves
FR2554690B1 (en) 1983-11-14 1986-09-12 Technisynthese Sarl SPORT SHOES
US4606139A (en) 1983-12-27 1986-08-19 Samuel Silver Prefabricated shoe construction
US4598487A (en) 1984-03-14 1986-07-08 Colgate-Palmolive Company Athletic shoes for sports-oriented activities
US4566206A (en) 1984-04-16 1986-01-28 Weber Milton N Shoe heel spring support
US4577417A (en) 1984-04-27 1986-03-25 Energaire Corporation Sole-and-heel structure having premolded bulges
DE3415705A1 (en) 1984-04-27 1985-10-31 Reinhard 6203 Hochheim Schuster Shoe
US4592153A (en) 1984-06-25 1986-06-03 Jacinto Jose Maria Heel construction
JPS6113902A (en) 1984-06-30 1986-01-22 株式会社アサヒコーポレーション Athletic shoes
US4578882A (en) 1984-07-31 1986-04-01 Talarico Ii Louis C Forefoot compensated footwear
US4620372A (en) 1985-02-27 1986-11-04 Goodrich George W Sight system for archery
US4642911A (en) 1985-02-28 1987-02-17 Talarico Ii Louis C Dual-compression forefoot compensated footwear
US4670995A (en) 1985-03-13 1987-06-09 Huang Ing Chung Air cushion shoe sole
US4694591A (en) 1985-04-15 1987-09-22 Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Toe off athletic shoe
US4638576A (en) 1985-04-24 1987-01-27 Converse Inc. Athletic shoe with external counter and cushion assembly
US4822363A (en) 1985-08-01 1989-04-18 Phillips L Van Modular composite prosthetic foot and leg
US4651445A (en) 1985-09-03 1987-03-24 Hannibal Alan J Composite sole for a shoe
US4610100A (en) 1985-09-30 1986-09-09 Rhodes Clifford A Shoe with replaceable heel
CH668683A5 (en) 1985-12-05 1989-01-31 Margrit Kuhn FOOTWEAR WITH INSOLE.
US4652266A (en) 1986-03-07 1987-03-24 Kingsley Mfg. Co. Molded elastomeric prosthetic foot having energy-storing articulated keel
JPS6343925Y2 (en) 1986-04-11 1988-11-16
JPS62261302A (en) 1986-05-09 1987-11-13 大塚 斌 Shoes freely fittable to foot
FR2598293B1 (en) 1986-05-09 1988-09-09 Salomon Sa GOLF SHOE
US4756095A (en) 1986-06-23 1988-07-12 Nikola Lakic Footwarmer for shoe
US4794707A (en) 1986-06-30 1989-01-03 Converse Inc. Shoe with internal dynamic rocker element
US4783910A (en) 1986-06-30 1988-11-15 Boys Ii Jack A Casual shoe
DE3629264A1 (en) 1986-08-28 1988-03-10 Dassler Puma Sportschuh HEEL CAP FOR A SHOE, ESPECIALLY SPORTSHOE
DE3629212A1 (en) 1986-08-28 1988-03-03 Dassler Puma Sportschuh MIDSOLE FOR SPORTSHOES
US4706392A (en) 1986-10-20 1987-11-17 Yang Tzu Tsan Interchangeable shoe and slipper combination
US5052130A (en) 1987-12-08 1991-10-01 Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Spring plate shoe
CA1330485C (en) 1986-12-15 1994-07-05 Daniel T. Barry Shoe with spring-like sole member
US5191727A (en) 1986-12-15 1993-03-09 Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Propulsion plate hydrodynamic footwear
GB2200030A (en) * 1986-12-23 1988-07-27 Kwaun Peng Koh Hinged, sprung heel
FR2608387B1 (en) 1986-12-23 1989-04-21 Salomon Sa STEP SOLE FOR A SPORTS SHOE, ESPECIALLY A GOLF SHOE AND A SHOE EQUIPPED WITH SUCH A SOLE
US4815221A (en) 1987-02-06 1989-03-28 Reebok International Ltd. Shoe with energy control system
US4833795A (en) 1987-02-06 1989-05-30 Reebok Group International Ltd. Outsole construction for athletic shoe
US4745693A (en) 1987-02-09 1988-05-24 Brown Randy N Shoe with detachable sole and heel
US4771554A (en) 1987-04-17 1988-09-20 Foot-Joy, Inc. Heel shoe construction
DE8709091U1 (en) 1987-04-24 1987-08-20 Adidas Sportschuhfabriken Adi Dassler Stiftung & Co Kg, 8522 Herzogenaurach, De
DE3716424A1 (en) 1987-05-15 1988-12-01 Adidas Sportschuhe OUTSOLE FOR SPORTSHOES
JPH0420246Y2 (en) 1987-06-25 1992-05-08
US5005300A (en) 1987-07-06 1991-04-09 Reebok International Ltd. Tubular cushioning system for shoes
GB2206475B (en) 1987-07-09 1991-10-30 Hi Tec Sports Ltd Sports or casual shoes with shock absorbing sole
USD307608S (en) 1987-08-14 1990-05-01 Shure Bruce J Spring shoe
US5987779A (en) 1987-08-27 1999-11-23 Reebok International Ltd. Athletic shoe having inflatable bladder
US5113599A (en) 1989-02-08 1992-05-19 Reebok International Ltd. Athletic shoe having inflatable bladder
US4817304A (en) 1987-08-31 1989-04-04 Nike, Inc. And Nike International Ltd. Footwear with adjustable viscoelastic unit
US4874640A (en) 1987-09-21 1989-10-17 Donzis Byron A Impact absorbing composites and their production
US5235715A (en) 1987-09-21 1993-08-17 Donzis Byron A Impact asborbing composites and their production
DE3734205A1 (en) 1987-10-09 1989-04-27 Dassler Puma Sportschuh SHOES, ESPECIALLY SPORTSHOES, OR SHOES FOR MEDICAL PURPOSES
US4843737A (en) 1987-10-13 1989-07-04 Vorderer Thomas W Energy return spring shoe construction
US4805321A (en) 1987-10-14 1989-02-21 Kangapoos U.S.A., Inc. Reversible shoe tongue
US5247742A (en) 1987-11-06 1993-09-28 Nike, Inc. Athletic shoe with pronation rearfoot motion control device
US5046267A (en) 1987-11-06 1991-09-10 Nike, Inc. Athletic shoe with pronation control device
DE3802607A1 (en) 1987-12-17 1989-06-29 Adidas Sportschuhe OUTSOLE FOR SPORTSHOES
US4892554A (en) 1987-12-21 1990-01-09 Robinson David L Prosthetic foot
US4807372A (en) 1988-01-13 1989-02-28 Mccall Hannon L Cleated shoe walking sole
MY106949A (en) 1988-02-05 1995-08-30 Rudy Marion F Pressurizable envelope and method
US4906502A (en) 1988-02-05 1990-03-06 Robert C. Bogert Pressurizable envelope and method
US5083361A (en) 1988-02-05 1992-01-28 Robert C. Bogert Pressurizable envelope and method
US4922631A (en) 1988-02-08 1990-05-08 Adidas Sportschuhfabriken Adi Dassier Stiftung & Co. Kg Shoe bottom for sports shoes
US5003709A (en) 1988-03-31 1991-04-02 Rikio Co., Ltd. Prick-preventing shoe
US4912861A (en) 1988-04-11 1990-04-03 Huang Ing Chung Removable pressure-adjustable shock-absorbing cushion device with an inflation pump for sports goods
US4926503A (en) 1988-05-13 1990-05-22 Riddell, Inc. Athletic shock absorbing pad
US4878300A (en) 1988-07-15 1989-11-07 Tretorn Ab Athletic shoe
US4989349A (en) 1988-07-15 1991-02-05 Ellis Iii Frampton E Shoe with contoured sole
US5317819A (en) 1988-09-02 1994-06-07 Ellis Iii Frampton E Shoe with naturally contoured sole
US6115941A (en) 1988-07-15 2000-09-12 Anatomic Research, Inc. Shoe with naturally contoured sole
US4858341A (en) 1988-07-29 1989-08-22 Rosen Henri E Adjustable girth shoe constructions
US5185943A (en) 1988-07-29 1993-02-16 Avia Group International, Inc. Athletic shoe having an insert member in the outsole
US4967492A (en) 1988-07-29 1990-11-06 Rosen Henri E Adjustable girth shoes
GB2221378A (en) 1988-08-02 1990-02-07 Far East Athletics Limited Sole with the compressible shock absorbers
US4887369A (en) 1988-08-12 1989-12-19 Angileen Bailey Changeable shoe tops/heels
US4881329A (en) 1988-09-14 1989-11-21 Wilson Sporting Goods Co. Athletic shoe with energy storing spring
US4941273A (en) 1988-11-29 1990-07-17 Converse Inc. Shoe with an artificial tendon system
US5138776A (en) 1988-12-12 1992-08-18 Shalom Levin Sports shoe
US5255451A (en) 1988-12-14 1993-10-26 Avia Group International, Inc. Insert member for use in an athletic shoe
US4936029A (en) 1989-01-19 1990-06-26 R. C. Bogert Load carrying cushioning device with improved barrier material for control of diffusion pumping
US5042176A (en) 1989-01-19 1991-08-27 Robert C. Bogert Load carrying cushioning device with improved barrier material for control of diffusion pumping
US4894934A (en) 1989-01-23 1990-01-23 Illustrato Vito J Rebound heel device
US5528842A (en) 1989-02-08 1996-06-25 The Rockport Company, Inc. Insert for a shoe sole
US5501022A (en) 1989-02-10 1996-03-26 Cohn; Dianne Decorative boot
US4936028A (en) 1989-02-15 1990-06-26 Posacki Roman J Removable soles for shoes
US5195258A (en) 1989-03-31 1993-03-23 Loader Gerald R High-heeled footwear
US4910855A (en) 1989-03-31 1990-03-27 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Weighted bale blanket and method for using the same
US4934072A (en) 1989-04-14 1990-06-19 Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Fluid dynamic shoe
US4910884A (en) 1989-04-24 1990-03-27 Lindh Devere V Shoe sole incorporating spring apparatus
FR2646060B1 (en) 1989-04-25 1991-08-16 Salomon Sa STEP SOLE FOR A SPORTS SHOE, ESPECIALLY A GOLF SHOE AND SHOE PROVIDED WITH SUCH A SOLE
IT1226514B (en) 1989-05-24 1991-01-24 Fila Sport SPORTS FOOTWEAR INCORPORATING, IN THE HEEL, AN ELASTIC INSERT.
US4958447A (en) 1989-06-23 1990-09-25 Dupree Tony L Athletic shoe with break-away high top
US4974344A (en) 1989-08-09 1990-12-04 Ching Peng J Shoe with interchangeable vamp and sole
US5029341A (en) 1989-08-22 1991-07-09 Riddell, Inc. Football shoulder pad
US5632057A (en) 1989-09-20 1997-05-27 Lyden; Robert M. Method of making light cure component for articles of footwear
US5014449A (en) 1989-09-22 1991-05-14 Avia Group International, Inc. Shoe sole construction
US4985931A (en) 1989-10-17 1991-01-22 Riddell, Inc. Shock absorbing pad structure for athletic equipment
US5197210A (en) 1989-11-20 1993-03-30 Sink Jeffrey A Athletic shoe
US5042174A (en) 1989-12-01 1991-08-27 K-Swiss Inc. Novel shoe sole construction
US5060401A (en) 1990-02-12 1991-10-29 Whatley Ian H Footwear cushinoning spring
FR2658396A1 (en) 1990-02-20 1991-08-23 Ilic Zoran Shoe, particularly for sports or leisure
EP0443293A1 (en) 1990-02-20 1991-08-28 Aluxa Ag Skiboot with adjustable size
US5669161A (en) 1990-02-26 1997-09-23 Huang; Ing-Jing Shock-absorbing cushion
US5097607A (en) 1990-05-07 1992-03-24 Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Fluid forefoot footware
US5206804A (en) * 1990-05-11 1993-04-27 Foot Image Technology, Inc. Footwear visual image cataloging and sizing
US5197206A (en) 1990-05-31 1993-03-30 Tretorn Ab Shoe, especially a sport or rehabilitation shoe
US5201125A (en) 1990-05-31 1993-04-13 Tretorn Ab Shoe, especially a sport or rehabilitation shoe
US5197207A (en) 1990-05-31 1993-03-30 Tretorn Ab Shoe, especially a sport or rehabilitation shoe
US5203095A (en) 1990-06-11 1993-04-20 Allen Don T Orthopedic stabilizer attachment and shoe
US5159767A (en) 1990-06-11 1992-11-03 Allen Don T Orthopedic stabilizer attachment
US5381608A (en) 1990-07-05 1995-01-17 L.A. Gear, Inc. Shoe heel spring and stabilizer
GB9015525D0 (en) 1990-07-14 1990-08-29 Dunlop Ltd Footwear sole
CA2022130C (en) 1990-07-27 1997-02-25 Albertus A. W. Aleven Puncture resistant insole for safety footwear
US5083385A (en) 1990-07-31 1992-01-28 Halford Catherine J P Footwear having interchangeable uppers
US5065531A (en) 1990-08-20 1991-11-19 Prestridge Patrick L Attachment device for providing detachable uppers in footwear and the like
US5035009A (en) 1990-09-27 1991-07-30 Riddell, Inc. Protective helmet and liner
EP0479184A3 (en) 1990-10-04 1992-09-23 Lotto S.P.A. Footgear structure
US5109614A (en) 1990-10-31 1992-05-05 Curry Eddie G Convertible athletic shoe having low top and high top configurations
DE4114551C2 (en) 1990-11-07 2000-07-27 Adidas Ag Shoe bottom, in particular for sports shoes
US5123181A (en) 1991-01-09 1992-06-23 Rosen Henri E Adjustable girth shoe construction
US5133138A (en) 1991-01-22 1992-07-28 Durcho Mark C Replaceable high heel
US5155927A (en) 1991-02-20 1992-10-20 Asics Corporation Shoe comprising liquid cushioning element
US5123180A (en) 1991-04-12 1992-06-23 Urban R. Nannig Composite insole
DE4120136C2 (en) 1991-06-19 1995-03-16 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Shoe sole, in particular sports shoe sole
DE4120134C2 (en) 1991-06-19 1996-05-30 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Shoe, in particular sports shoe
DE4120133C2 (en) 1991-06-19 1994-11-17 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Component and method for producing such
TW228469B (en) 1991-06-19 1994-08-21 Uhl Sportartikel Karl
US5701686A (en) * 1991-07-08 1997-12-30 Herr; Hugh M. Shoe and foot prosthesis with bending beam spring structures
US5367790A (en) 1991-07-08 1994-11-29 Gamow; Rustem I. Shoe and foot prosthesis with a coupled spring system
DE4123302C2 (en) 1991-07-13 1994-02-10 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Gripping element for sports shoe soles
CA2047433A1 (en) 1991-07-19 1993-01-20 James Russel Power suspension system concept
US5353523A (en) 1991-08-02 1994-10-11 Nike, Inc. Shoe with an improved midsole
US5657558A (en) 1991-08-14 1997-08-19 Pohu; Georges Assembly system on a sole, of an equipment linked to the use of a shoe
US5338600A (en) 1991-08-19 1994-08-16 Medical Materials Corporation Composite thermoplastic material including a compliant layer
US5319866A (en) 1991-08-21 1994-06-14 Reebok International Ltd. Composite arch member
US6237251B1 (en) 1991-08-21 2001-05-29 Reebok International Ltd. Athletic shoe construction
CA2051230C (en) 1991-09-12 1997-11-18 Robert Burke Power midsole cushioning and stability concept
EP0605485B2 (en) 1991-09-26 2005-03-30 Skydex Technologies, Inc. Shoe sole component
US5572804A (en) 1991-09-26 1996-11-12 Retama Technology Corp. Shoe sole component and shoe sole component construction method
USD344400S (en) 1991-11-01 1994-02-22 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD344399S (en) 1991-11-01 1994-02-22 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
US5406719A (en) 1991-11-01 1995-04-18 Nike, Inc. Shoe having adjustable cushioning system
USD344398S (en) 1991-11-01 1994-02-22 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD344622S (en) 1991-11-01 1994-03-01 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD350433S (en) 1991-11-01 1994-09-13 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD344401S (en) 1991-11-01 1994-02-22 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
TW214511B (en) 1991-11-01 1993-10-11 Nike International Ltd
USD344174S (en) 1991-11-01 1994-02-15 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD340350S (en) 1991-11-26 1993-10-19 Nike, Inc. Insert for a shoe
USD340349S (en) 1991-11-26 1993-10-19 Nike, Inc. Insert for a shoe
US5546829A (en) 1991-12-09 1996-08-20 Speedplay, Inc. Clipless bicycle pedal system
US5313717A (en) 1991-12-20 1994-05-24 Converse Inc. Reactive energy fluid filled apparatus providing cushioning, support, stability and a custom fit in a shoe
US5598645A (en) 1992-01-02 1997-02-04 Adidas Ab Shoe sole, in particular for sports shoes, with inflatable tube elements
US5410821A (en) 1992-01-21 1995-05-02 Hilgendorf; Eric Shoe with interchangable soles
FR2686233A1 (en) 1992-01-22 1993-07-23 Beyl Jean Joseph Alfred SHOE, ESPECIALLY A SPORTS SHOE, COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE SPRING PROVIDED IN THE SOLE, CASSETTE AND SPRING FOR SUCH A SHOE.
US5280890A (en) 1992-01-22 1994-01-25 Miner Enterprises, Inc. Radial elastomer compression spring
USD334276S (en) 1992-01-24 1993-03-30 Avia Group International, Inc. Element of a shoe shole
US5279051A (en) 1992-01-31 1994-01-18 Ian Whatley Footwear cushioning spring
DE4214802A1 (en) 1992-05-04 1993-11-11 Uhl Sportartikel Karl Multi-layer boot-sole - has injection-moulded or pressed base reinforced by embedded multi-filament fibres
US5317822A (en) 1992-10-19 1994-06-07 Johnson Joshua F Athletic shoe with interchangeable wear sole
WO1994013164A1 (en) 1992-12-10 1994-06-23 Nike International Ltd. Bonding of rubber to plastic in footwear
US5384973A (en) 1992-12-11 1995-01-31 Nike, Inc. Sole with articulated forefoot
US5437110A (en) 1993-02-04 1995-08-01 L.A. Gear, Inc. Adjustable shoe heel spring and stabilizer
US5596819A (en) 1993-02-04 1997-01-28 L.A. Gear, Inc. Replaceable shoe heel spring and stabilizer
TW234081B (en) 1993-02-04 1994-11-11 Converse Inc
CA2116206A1 (en) 1993-02-23 1994-08-24 Dennis R. Driscoll Athletic shoe sole assembly with flexible arches
US5784808A (en) 1993-03-01 1998-07-28 Hockerson; Stan Independent impact suspension athletic shoe
US5401564A (en) 1993-03-23 1995-03-28 Hexcel Corporation Materials and processes for fabricating formed composite articles and use in shoe arch
US5625964A (en) 1993-03-29 1997-05-06 Nike, Inc. Athletic shoe with rearfoot strike zone
US5425184A (en) 1993-03-29 1995-06-20 Nike, Inc. Athletic shoe with rearfoot strike zone
US5343636A (en) 1993-05-24 1994-09-06 Albert Sabol Added footwear to increase stride
US5421874A (en) 1993-06-22 1995-06-06 Genesis Composites, L.C. Composite microsphere and lubricant mixture
US5353522A (en) 1993-07-19 1994-10-11 Wagner Cameron B Shoe having a removable sole portion
US6258421B1 (en) 1993-07-23 2001-07-10 Nike, Inc. Bladder and method of making the same
US5918384A (en) 1993-08-17 1999-07-06 Akeva L.L.C. Athletic shoe with improved sole
US5560126A (en) 1993-08-17 1996-10-01 Akeva, L.L.C. Athletic shoe with improved sole
US5615497A (en) 1993-08-17 1997-04-01 Meschan; David F. Athletic shoe with improved sole
AU7685594A (en) 1993-09-07 1995-03-27 Steve Sileo Transparent footwear with interchangeable tongue and insole
US5592706A (en) 1993-11-09 1997-01-14 Teksource, Lc Cushioning device formed from separate reshapable cells
US5435079A (en) 1993-12-20 1995-07-25 Gallegos; Alvaro Z. Spring athletic shoe
KR950018892A (en) 1993-12-31 1995-07-22 배순훈 Washing machine with ceramic filter
USD350020S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-08-30 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD355755S (en) 1994-01-19 1995-02-28 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD350018S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-08-30 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD351720S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-10-25 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD352159S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-11-08 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD351936S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-11-01 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD350225S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-09-06 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD351057S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-10-04 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD350226S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-09-06 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD350019S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-08-30 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD350227S (en) 1994-01-19 1994-09-06 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
US5483757A (en) 1994-02-03 1996-01-16 Frykberg; Robert G. Healing sandal
US5542198A (en) 1994-02-23 1996-08-06 Dexter Shoe Company Bowling shoe construction with removable slide pad and heel
US5544430A (en) 1994-03-22 1996-08-13 Jaggo, Inc. Athletic shoe cover and ankle support combination
USD352160S (en) 1994-03-23 1994-11-08 Nike, Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
USD354617S (en) 1994-03-23 1995-01-24 Nike Inc. Heel insert for a shoe sole
US5595004A (en) 1994-03-30 1997-01-21 Nike, Inc. Shoe sole including a peripherally-disposed cushioning bladder
US5566477A (en) 1994-04-08 1996-10-22 Mathis; Leroy Removable shoelace cover for a shoe
US5461800A (en) 1994-07-25 1995-10-31 Adidas Ag Midsole for shoe
US5896608A (en) 1994-11-10 1999-04-27 Whatley; Ian H. Footwear lasting component
WO1996016564A1 (en) 1994-12-02 1996-06-06 Nike International Ltd. Cushioning device for a footwear sole and method for making the same
US5636456A (en) 1994-12-30 1997-06-10 Allen; Don T. Orthopedic apparatus and footwear for redistributing weight on foot
US5533280A (en) 1995-02-10 1996-07-09 Halliday; David Footwear with interchangeable components
US5604997A (en) 1995-02-24 1997-02-25 Nike, Inc. Shoe upper and method of making same
US5611152A (en) 1995-03-02 1997-03-18 Converse Inc. Shoe sole construction containing a composite plate
US5570523A (en) 1995-05-31 1996-11-05 Lin; Ji-Tyan Adjustable child shoes
US5647145A (en) 1995-06-05 1997-07-15 Russell; Brian Sculptured athletic footwear sole construction
US5628129A (en) 1995-06-06 1997-05-13 Nike, Inc. Shoe sole having detachable traction members
US6013340A (en) 1995-06-07 2000-01-11 Nike, Inc. Membranes of polyurethane based materials including polyester polyols
CA2178282A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-08 Robert M. Lyden Footwear with differential cushioning regions
US5692319A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-12-02 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with 360° wrap fit closure system
US5802739A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-09-08 Nike, Inc. Complex-contoured tensile bladder and method of making same
US5921004A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-07-13 Nike, Inc. Footwear with stabilizers
CA2614605C (en) 1995-06-07 2011-04-19 Nike International Ltd. Membranes of polyurethane based materials including polyester polyols
US5729912A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-03-24 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear having adjustable width, footform and cushioning
US5775005A (en) 1995-06-21 1998-07-07 Wolverine World Wide Inc. Footwear sole with cleated window
US5718063A (en) 1995-07-17 1998-02-17 Asics Corporation Midsole cushioning system
US5642575A (en) 1995-08-25 1997-07-01 Norton; Edward J. Midsole construction
US5653046A (en) 1995-09-06 1997-08-05 Lawlor; Kevin B. Durable, lightweight shock resistant shoe sole
US5806210A (en) 1995-10-12 1998-09-15 Akeva L.L.C. Athletic shoe with improved heel structure
US5918383A (en) 1995-10-16 1999-07-06 Fila U.S.A., Inc. Sports shoe having an elastic insert
US5778564A (en) 1995-11-09 1998-07-14 Kettner; Mark Changeable shoe cover
US5778565A (en) 1995-11-28 1998-07-14 Royce Medical Company Versatile orthopaedic or post-operative footgear having removable toe piece
IT1277026B1 (en) 1995-12-04 1997-11-04 Global Sports Tech Inc SPORTS SHOES WITH SOLE HAVING AT LEAST ONE PARTLY INTERESTING LAYER, THE SOLE ITSELF IN COMPOSITE MATERIAL
US5885500A (en) 1995-12-20 1999-03-23 Nike, Inc. Method of making an article of footwear
US5704137A (en) 1995-12-22 1998-01-06 Brooks Sports, Inc. Shoe having hydrodynamic pad
US6024712A (en) 1995-12-28 2000-02-15 Royce Medical Company Orthopaedic devices with plastic injection molded onto fabric
AU706271B2 (en) 1996-01-17 1999-06-10 Macneill Engineering Company, Inc. Quick-release spike for footwear
US6108944A (en) 1996-01-17 2000-08-29 Macneill Engineering Company, Inc. Quick-release connector
US5678329A (en) 1996-04-03 1997-10-21 Wilson Sporting Goods Co. Athletic shoe with midsole side support
US5644857A (en) 1996-05-10 1997-07-08 Ouellette; Ryan R. Golf shoes with interchangaeable soles
FR2748372B1 (en) 1996-05-13 1998-08-14 Paradis Frederic SHOE EQUIPPED WITH AN ELASTIC SHOCK ABSORBER DEVICE
US5787610A (en) 1996-05-29 1998-08-04 Jeffrey S. Brooks, Inc. Footwear
US5661915A (en) 1996-07-15 1997-09-02 Smith; Michael R. Shoe with removable spike plate
US5915820A (en) 1996-08-20 1999-06-29 Adidas A G Shoe having an internal chassis
US5785909A (en) 1996-08-21 1998-07-28 Nike, Inc. Method of making footwear with a pourable foam
US5806209A (en) 1996-08-30 1998-09-15 Fila U.S.A., Inc. Cushioning system for a shoe
US5743028A (en) 1996-10-03 1998-04-28 Lombardino; Thomas D. Spring-air shock absorbtion and energy return device for shoes
US5729918A (en) 1996-10-08 1998-03-24 Nike, Inc. Method of lasting an article of footwear and footwear made thereby
US5983200A (en) * 1996-10-09 1999-11-09 Slotznick; Benjamin Intelligent agent for executing delegated tasks
IT1287977B1 (en) * 1996-10-31 1998-09-10 Label Elettronica Srl UNIT FOR THE CREATION OF PERSONALIZED SHOES FOR HANDICAP HOLDERS AT THE LOWER ENDS
US5848484A (en) 1997-02-03 1998-12-15 Dupree; Tony L. Convertible athletic shoe
DE29702071U1 (en) 1997-02-06 1997-03-27 Adidas Ag Cycling shoe
US5983201A (en) * 1997-03-28 1999-11-09 Fay; Pierre N. System and method enabling shopping from home for fitted eyeglass frames
US5875567A (en) 1997-04-21 1999-03-02 Bayley; Richard Shoe with composite spring heel
US5853844A (en) 1997-05-23 1998-12-29 Wen; Keith Rubber pad construction with resilient protrusions
US5836094A (en) 1997-06-02 1998-11-17 Figel; Nicholas H. Bicycle shoe including unit body
US6009636A (en) 1997-07-07 2000-01-04 Wallerstein; Robert S. Shoe construction providing spring action
DE69817930T2 (en) 1997-07-09 2004-10-28 Adidas International Marketing B.V. Sports shoe with an outer frame
US6327795B1 (en) 1997-07-30 2001-12-11 Britek Footwear Development, Llc Sole construction for energy storage and rebound
US5937544A (en) 1997-07-30 1999-08-17 Britek Footwear Development, Llc Athletic footwear sole construction enabling enhanced energy storage, retrieval and guidance
US6330757B1 (en) 1998-08-18 2001-12-18 Britek Footwear Development, Llc Footwear with energy storing sole construction
US5852887A (en) 1997-08-14 1998-12-29 Converse Inc. Shoe with lateral support member
US5940994A (en) 1997-08-15 1999-08-24 Allen; Don T. Orthopedic apparatus and footwear for redistributing weight on foot
US5996255A (en) 1997-09-19 1999-12-07 Ventura; George Puncture resistant insole
US6029962A (en) 1997-10-24 2000-02-29 Retama Technology Corporation Shock absorbing component and construction method
US6497786B1 (en) 1997-11-06 2002-12-24 Nike, Inc. Methods and apparatus for bonding deformable materials having low deformation temperatures
US5930918A (en) 1997-11-18 1999-08-03 Converse Inc. Shoe with dual cushioning component
US5993585A (en) 1998-01-09 1999-11-30 Nike, Inc. Resilient bladder for use in footwear and method of making the bladder
ES2172267T3 (en) 1998-04-03 2002-09-16 Adidas Int Bv SOLE FOR FOOTWEAR WITH IMPROVED DOUBLE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.
US6131309A (en) 1998-06-04 2000-10-17 Walsh; John Shock-absorbing running shoe
US6127026A (en) 1998-09-11 2000-10-03 Nike, Inc. Flexible membranes
US6082025A (en) 1998-09-11 2000-07-04 Nike, Inc. Flexible membranes
US6206750B1 (en) * 1998-10-30 2001-03-27 Mattel, Inc. Personalized toys and methods for manufacturing and delivering the same
CA2256917A1 (en) 1998-12-22 2000-06-22 Bauer Nike Hockey Inc. Piece of footwear
US6299962B1 (en) 1998-12-22 2001-10-09 Reebok International Ltd. Article of footwear
DE19904744B4 (en) 1999-02-05 2005-11-10 Adidas International Marketing B.V. shoe
DE29903764U1 (en) 1999-03-02 1999-06-02 Adidas Int Bv shoe
US6367167B1 (en) 1999-04-14 2002-04-09 Nike, Inc. Durable outsole for article of footwear
US6342544B1 (en) 1999-04-14 2002-01-29 Nike, Inc. Durable outsole for article of footwear
US6401366B2 (en) 1999-04-16 2002-06-11 Nike, Inc. Athletic shoe with stabilizing frame
DE19919409C1 (en) 1999-04-28 2000-11-02 Adidas Int Bv Sports shoe
US6055747A (en) 1999-04-29 2000-05-02 Lombardino; Thomas D. Shock absorption and energy return assembly for shoes
US6282814B1 (en) 1999-04-29 2001-09-04 Shoe Spring, Inc. Spring cushioned shoe
SE524081C2 (en) 1999-05-11 2004-06-22 Trackguard Hb Device for shoe with elastic insert and method of using the device
US6178664B1 (en) 1999-08-31 2001-01-30 Robert D. Yant Protective insole insert for footwear
US6098316A (en) 1999-09-23 2000-08-08 Hong; Joseph Step lengthening shoe
USD431898S (en) 2000-03-01 2000-10-17 Nike, Inc. Portion of a shoe sole
USD433216S (en) 2000-03-01 2000-11-07 Nike, Inc. Portion of a shoe sole
US6449878B1 (en) 2000-03-10 2002-09-17 Robert M. Lyden Article of footwear having a spring element and selectively removable components
US6457262B1 (en) 2000-03-16 2002-10-01 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with a motion control device
US6571490B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2003-06-03 Nike, Inc. Bladder with multi-stage regionalized cushioning
US6374514B1 (en) 2000-03-16 2002-04-23 Nike, Inc. Footwear having a bladder with support members
US6402879B1 (en) 2000-03-16 2002-06-11 Nike, Inc. Method of making bladder with inverted edge seam
USD429877S (en) 2000-03-27 2000-08-29 Nike, Inc. Portion of a shoe sole
US6416610B1 (en) 2000-04-28 2002-07-09 Wolverine World Wide, Inc. Method for making a sole system for footwear
US6367168B1 (en) 2000-07-26 2002-04-09 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear including a tented upper
DE10112821B9 (en) 2001-03-16 2004-10-28 Adidas International Marketing B.V. Sole and shoe
US6393731B1 (en) 2001-06-04 2002-05-28 Vonter Moua Impact absorber for a shoe

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4766681A (en) * 1985-05-16 1988-08-30 Converse Inc. Athletic shoe with Y support
US5042175A (en) * 1990-01-30 1991-08-27 Samuel Ronen User-specific shoe sole coil spring system and method
US5678327A (en) * 1994-07-21 1997-10-21 Halberstadt; Johan P. Shoe with gait-adapting cushioning mechanism
US5729916A (en) * 1996-06-10 1998-03-24 Wilson Sporting Goods Co. Shoe with energy storing spring having overload protection mechanism
US5930769A (en) * 1996-10-07 1999-07-27 Rose; Andrea System and method for fashion shopping
US5897622A (en) * 1996-10-16 1999-04-27 Microsoft Corporation Electronic shopping and merchandising system

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6925732B1 (en) 2003-06-19 2005-08-09 Nike, Inc. Footwear with separated upper and sole structure
CN104939422B (en) * 2008-09-26 2018-03-20 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Article with retractable traction elements
US10441030B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-10-15 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
US10159308B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2018-12-25 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
CN105725363A (en) * 2011-02-04 2016-07-06 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Article of Footwear with Decoupled Upper
US10165828B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-01-01 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
US10278452B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-05-07 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
US10321737B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-06-18 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
US10327508B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-06-25 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
US10327509B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-06-25 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
US10334908B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-07-02 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
US10405606B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-09-10 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with decoupled upper
CN105725363B (en) * 2011-02-04 2018-11-09 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Article of footwear with separation upper of a shoe
US11350696B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2022-06-07 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with adaptive fit
US10765170B2 (en) 2016-04-01 2020-09-08 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with adaptive fit
US11484095B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2022-11-01 Nike, Inc. Footwear heel spring device
US11612216B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2023-03-28 Nike, Inc. Footwear heel spring device
US11707111B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2023-07-25 Nike, Inc. Footwear heel spring device
US11707112B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2023-07-25 Nike, Inc. Footwear heel spring device
US11464287B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2022-10-11 Nike, Inc. Footwear element with locating pegs and method of manufacturing an article of footwear
CN113301824A (en) * 2019-02-13 2021-08-24 耐克创新有限合伙公司 Heel support device for footwear
US11700916B2 (en) 2019-02-13 2023-07-18 Nike, Inc. Footwear heel support device
DE102020003058B3 (en) 2020-05-22 2021-10-28 Dieter Mankau Structural damping element with deflection limiting band
US11910867B2 (en) 2022-03-28 2024-02-27 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with heel entry device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2001087106A3 (en) 2002-04-11
US6601042B1 (en) 2003-07-29
GB2379155B (en) 2004-11-03
GB2379155A (en) 2003-03-05
AU2001263274A1 (en) 2001-11-26
GB0229365D0 (en) 2003-01-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6601042B1 (en) Customized article of footwear and method of conducting retail and internet business
US6449878B1 (en) Article of footwear having a spring element and selectively removable components
US7016867B2 (en) Method of conducting business including making and selling a custom article of footwear
US9775404B2 (en) Custom article of footwear and method of making the same
US8209883B2 (en) Custom article of footwear and method of making the same
US6516541B2 (en) Flexible shoe sole and methods of construction for a shoe utilizing the sole
CN101842027B (en) Article of footwear including composite upper
RU2463021C2 (en) Orthopedic insole and method of ensuring individual correspondence for user of shock absorbing orthopedic insole
US7640680B1 (en) Pedorthic systems
McPoil Athletic footwear: design, performance and selection issues
US10357080B2 (en) Article of footwear comprising a sole member with regional patterns
CA3142942C (en) Footwear article with a plate and method for customizing such a footwear article
EP0931470A2 (en) Sandwich-type footwear stiffening element of rigid or at least semi-rigid behaviour, usable as part of the sole unit or insole
US11576466B1 (en) Outsole for a shoe
US20220071338A1 (en) Article of footwear, method of making the same, and method of conducting retail and internet business
US20060248752A1 (en) Pressure dissipating heel counter and method of making same
US11399591B2 (en) Article of footwear, method of making the same, and method of conducting retail and internet business
CA2907288C (en) Skate boot including a thermoformable arch-support region
EP4268659A1 (en) Outsole for a shoe
CN115697122A (en) Modular insole assembly and method of making same
US10952493B1 (en) Flexible forefoot protection for insoles and shoes

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: GB0229365.2

Country of ref document: GB

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP